MPlayer(1)                     The Movie Player                     MPlayer(1)



NAME
       mplayer  - movie player
       mencoder - movie encoder

SYNOPSIS
       mplayer [options] [file|URL|playlist|-]
       mplayer [options] file1 [specific options] [file2] [specific options]
       mplayer [options] {group of files and options} [group-specific options]
       mplayer [br]://[title][/device] [options]
       mplayer [dvd|dvdnav]://[title|[start_title]-end_title][/device]
       [options]
       mplayer vcd://track[/device]
       mplayer tv://[channel][/input_id] [options]
       mplayer radio://[channel|frequency][/capture] [options]
       mplayer pvr:// [options]
       mplayer dvb://[card_number@]channel [options]
       mplayer mf://[filemask|@listfile] [-mf options] [options]
       mplayer [cdda|cddb]://track[-endtrack][:speed][/device] [options]
       mplayer cue://file[:track] [options]
       mplayer
       [file|mms[t]|http|http_proxy|rt[s]p|ftp|udp|unsv|icyx|noicyx|smb]://
       [user:pass@]URL[:port] [options]
       mplayer sdp://file [options]
       mplayer mpst://host[:port]/URL [options]
       mplayer tivo://host/[list|llist|fsid] [options]
       gmplayer [options] [-skin skin]
       mencoder [options] file [file|URL|-] [-o file | file://file |
       smb://[user:pass@]host/filepath]
       mencoder [options] file1 [specific options] [file2] [specific options]

DESCRIPTION
       mplayer is a movie player for Linux (runs on many other platforms and
       CPU architectures, see the documentation).  It plays most MPEG/VOB,
       AVI, ASF/WMA/WMV, RM, QT/MOV/MP4, Ogg/OGM, MKV, VIVO, FLI, NuppelVideo,
       yuv4mpeg, FILM and RoQ files, supported by many native and binary
       codecs.  You can watch VCD, SVCD, DVD, Blu-ray, 3ivx, DivX 3/4/5, WMV
       and even H.264 movies, too.

       MPlayer supports a wide range of video and audio output drivers.  It
       works with X11, Xv, DGA, OpenGL, SVGAlib, fbdev, AAlib, libcaca,
       DirectFB, Quartz, Mac OS X CoreVideo, but you can also use GGI, SDL
       (and all their drivers), VESA (on every VESA-compatible card, even
       without X11), some low-level card-specific drivers (for Matrox, 3dfx
       and ATI) and some hardware MPEG decoder boards, such as the Siemens
       DVB, Hauppauge PVR (IVTV), DXR2 and DXR3/Hollywood+.  Most of them
       support software or hardware scaling, so you can enjoy movies in
       fullscreen mode.

       MPlayer has an onscreen display (OSD) for status information, nice big
       antialiased shaded subtitles and visual feedback for keyboard controls.
       European/ISO8859-1,2 (Hungarian, English, Czech, etc), Cyrillic and
       Korean fonts are supported along with 12 subtitle formats (MicroDVD,
       SubRip, OGM, SubViewer, Sami, VPlayer, RT, SSA, AQTitle, JACOsub, PJS
       and our own: MPsub) and DVD subtitles (SPU streams, VOBsub and Closed
       Captions).

       mencoder (MPlayer's Movie Encoder) is a simple movie encoder, designed
       to encode MPlayer-playable movies (see above) to other MPlayer-playable
       formats (see below).  It encodes to MPEG-4 (DivX/Xvid), one of the
       libavcodec codecs and PCM/MP3/VBRMP3 audio in 1, 2 or 3 passes.
       Furthermore it has stream copying abilities, a powerful filter system
       (crop, expand, flip, postprocess, rotate, scale, noise, RGB/YUV
       conversion) and more.

       gmplayer is MPlayer with a graphical user interface.  It has the same
       options as MPlayer, however they might not all work correctly due to
       conflicts with the configuration via the GUI (stored in gui.conf).  In
       particular some options might be overwritten by settings in gui.conf
       while others might end up stored permanently in gui.conf.

       Usage examples to get you started quickly can be found at the end of
       this man page.

       Also see the HTML documentation!

INTERACTIVE CONTROL
       MPlayer has a fully configurable, command-driven control layer which
       allows you to control MPlayer using keyboard, mouse, joystick or remote
       control (with LIRC).  See the -input option for ways to customize it.

       keyboard control
              <- and ->
                   Seek backward/forward 10 seconds.
              up and down
                   Seek forward/backward 1 minute.
              pgup and pgdown
                   Seek forward/backward 10 minutes.
              [ and ]
                   Decrease/increase current playback speed by 10%.
              { and }
                   Halve/double current playback speed.
              backspace
                   Reset playback speed to normal.
              < and >
                   Go backward/forward in the playlist.
              ENTER
                   Go forward in the playlist, even over the end.
              HOME and END
                   next/previous playtree entry in the parent list
              INS and DEL (ASX playlist only)
                   next/previous alternative source.
              p / SPACE
                   Pause (pressing again unpauses).
              .
                   Step forward.  Pressing once will pause movie, every
                   consecutive press will play one frame and then go into
                   pause mode again (any other key unpauses).
              q / ESC
                   Stop playing and quit.
              U
                   Stop playing (and quit if -idle is not used).
              + and -
                   Adjust audio delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
              / and *
                   Decrease/increase volume.
              9 and 0
                   Decrease/increase volume.
              ( and )
                   Adjust audio balance in favor of left/right channel.
              m
                   Mute sound.
              _ (MPEG-TS, AVI and libavformat only)
                   Cycle through the available video tracks.
              # (DVD, Blu-ray, MPEG, Matroska, AVI and libavformat only)
                   Cycle through the available audio tracks.
              TAB (MPEG-TS and libavformat only)
                   Cycle through the available programs.
              f
                   Toggle fullscreen (also see -fs).
              T
                   Toggle stay-on-top (also see -ontop).
              w and e
                   Decrease/increase pan-and-scan range.
              o
                   Toggle OSD states: none / seek / seek + timer / seek +
                   timer + total time.
              d
                   Toggle frame dropping states: none / skip display / skip
                   decoding (see -framedrop and -hardframedrop).
              v
                   Toggle subtitle visibility.
              j and J
                   Cycle through the available subtitles.
              y and g
                   Step forward/backward in the subtitle list.
              F
                   Toggle displaying "forced subtitles".
              a
                   Toggle subtitle alignment: top / middle / bottom.
              x and z
                   Adjust subtitle delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
              c (-capture only)
                   Start/stop capturing the primary stream.
              r and t
                   Move subtitles up/down.
              i (-edlout mode only)
                   Set start or end of an EDL skip and write it out to the
                   given file.
              s (-vf screenshot only)
                   Take a screenshot.
              S (-vf screenshot only)
                   Start/stop taking screenshots.
              I
                   Show filename on the OSD.
              P
                   Show progression bar, elapsed time and total duration on
                   the OSD.
              ! and @
                   Seek to the beginning of the previous/next chapter.
              D (-vo xvmc, -vo vdpau, -vf yadif, -vf kerndeint only)
                   Activate/deactivate deinterlacer.
              A    Cycle through the available DVD angles.

              (The following keys are valid only when using a hardware
              accelerated video output (xv, (x)vidix, (x)mga, etc), the
              software equalizer (-vf eq or -vf eq2) or hue filter (-vf hue).)

              1 and 2
                   Adjust contrast.
              3 and 4
                   Adjust brightness.
              5 and 6
                   Adjust hue.
              7 and 8
                   Adjust saturation.

              (The following keys are valid only when using the quartz or
              corevideo video output driver.)

              command + 0
                   Resize movie window to half its original size.
              command + 1
                   Resize movie window to its original size.
              command + 2
                   Resize movie window to double its original size.
              command + f
                   Toggle fullscreen (also see -fs).
              command + [ and command + ]
                   Set movie window alpha.

              (The following keys are valid only when using the sdl video
              output driver.)

              c
                   Cycle through available fullscreen modes.
              n
                   Restore original mode.

              (The following keys are valid if you have a keyboard with
              multimedia keys.)

              PAUSE
                   Pause.
              STOP
                   Stop playing and quit.
              PREVIOUS and NEXT
                   Seek backward/forward 1 minute.

              (The following keys are only valid if you compiled with TV or
              DVB input support and will take precedence over the keys defined
              above.)

              h and k
                   Select previous/next channel.
              n
                   Change norm.
              u
                   Change channel list.

              (The following keys are only valid if you compiled with dvdnav
              support: They are used to navigate the menus.)

              keypad 8
                   Select button up.
              keypad 2
                   Select button down.
              keypad 4
                   Select button left.
              keypad 6
                   Select button right.
              keypad 5
                   Return to main menu.
              keypad 7
                   Return to nearest menu (the order of preference is:
                   chapter->title->root).
              keypad ENTER
                   Confirm choice.

              (The following keys are used for controlling TV teletext. The
              data may come from either an analog TV source or an MPEG
              transport stream.)

              X
                   Switch teletext on/off.
              Q and W
                   Go to next/prev teletext page.

       mouse control
              button 3 and button 4
                   Seek backward/forward 1 minute.
              button 5 and button 6
                   Decrease/increase volume.

       joystick control
              left and right
                   Seek backward/forward 10 seconds.
              up and down
                   Seek forward/backward 1 minute.
              button 1
                   Pause.
              button 2
                   Toggle OSD states: none / seek / seek + timer / seek +
                   timer + total time.
              button 3 and button 4
                   Decrease/increase volume.

USAGE
       Every 'flag' option has a 'noflag' counterpart, e.g. the opposite of
       the -fs option is -nofs.

       If an option is marked as (XXX only), it will only work in combination
       with the XXX option or if XXX is compiled in.

       NOTE: The suboption parser (used for example for -ao pcm suboptions)
       supports a special kind of string-escaping intended for use with
       external GUIs.
       It has the following format:
       %n%string_of_length_n
       EXAMPLES:
       mplayer -ao pcm:file=%10%C:test.wav test.avi
       Or in a script:
       mplayer -ao pcm:file=%`expr length "$NAME"`%"$NAME" test.avi

CONFIGURATION FILES
       You can put all of the options in configuration files which will be
       read every time MPlayer/MEncoder is run.  The system-wide configuration
       file 'mplayer.conf' is in your configuration directory (e.g. /etc/
       mplayer or /usr/local/etc/mplayer), the user specific one is '~/
       .mplayer/config'.  The configuration file for MEncoder is
       'mencoder.conf' in your configuration directory (e.g. /etc/mplayer or
       /usr/local/etc/mplayer), the user specific one is '~/.mplayer/
       mencoder.conf'.  User specific options override system-wide options and
       options given on the command line override either.  The syntax of the
       configuration files is 'option=<value>', everything after a '#' is
       considered a comment.  Options that work without values can be enabled
       by setting them to 'yes' or '1' or 'true' and disabled by setting them
       to 'no' or '0' or 'false'.  Even suboptions can be specified in this
       way.

       You can also write file-specific configuration files.  If you wish to
       have a configuration file for a file called 'movie.avi', create a file
       named 'movie.avi.conf' with the file-specific options in it and put it
       in ~/.mplayer/.  You can also put the configuration file in the same
       directory as the file to be played, as long as you give the
       -use-filedir-conf option (either on the command line or in your global
       config file).  If a file-specific configuration file is found in the
       same directory, no file-specific configuration is loaded from
       ~/.mplayer.  In addition, the -use-filedir-conf option enables
       directory-specific configuration files.  For this, MPlayer first tries
       to load a mplayer.conf from the same directory as the file played and
       then tries to load any file-specific configuration.

       EXAMPLE MPLAYER CONFIGURATION FILE:

       # Use Matrox driver by default.
       vo=xmga
       # I love practicing handstands while watching videos.
       flip=yes
       # Decode/encode multiple files from PNG,
       # start with mf://filemask
       mf=type=png:fps=25
       # Eerie negative images are cool.
       vf=eq2=1.0:-0.8

       EXAMPLE MENCODER CONFIGURATION FILE:

       # Make MEncoder output to a default filename.
       o=encoded.avi
       # The next 4 lines allow mencoder tv:// to start capturing immediately.
       oac=pcm=yes
       ovc=lavc=yes
       lavcopts=vcodec=mjpeg
       tv=driver=v4l2:input=1:width=768:height=576:device=/dev/video0:audiorate=48000
       # more complex default encoding option set
       lavcopts=vcodec=mpeg4:autoaspect=1
       lameopts=aq=2:vbr=4
       ovc=lavc=1
       oac=lavc=1
       passlogfile=pass1stats.log
       noautoexpand=1
       subfont-autoscale=3
       subfont-osd-scale=6
       subfont-text-scale=4
       subalign=2
       subpos=96
       spuaa=20

PROFILES
       To ease working with different configurations profiles can be defined
       in the configuration files.  A profile starts with its name between
       square brackets, e.g. '[my-profile]'.  All following options will be
       part of the profile.  A description (shown by -profile help) can be
       defined with the profile-desc option.  To end the profile, start
       another one or use the profile name 'default' to continue with normal
       options.

       EXAMPLE MPLAYER PROFILE:


       [protocol.dvd]
       profile-desc="profile for dvd:// streams"
       vf=pp=hb/vb/dr/al/fd
       alang=en

       [protocol.dvdnav]
       profile-desc="profile for dvdnav:// streams"
       profile=protocol.dvd
       mouse-movements=yes
       nocache=yes

       [extension.flv]
       profile-desc="profile for .flv files"
       flip=yes

       [vo.pnm]
       outdir=/tmp

       [ao.alsa]
       device=spdif

       EXAMPLE MENCODER PROFILE:


       [mpeg4]
       profile-desc="MPEG4 encoding"
       ovc=lacv=yes
       lavcopts=vcodec=mpeg4:vbitrate=1200

       [mpeg4-hq]
       profile-desc="HQ MPEG4 encoding"
       profile=mpeg4
       lavcopts=mbd=2:trell=yes:v4mv=yes

GENERAL OPTIONS
       -codecpath <dir>
              Specify a directory for binary codecs.

       -codecs-file <filename> (also see -afm, -ac, -vfm, -vc)
              Override the standard search path and use the specified file
              instead of the builtin codecs.conf.

       -include <configuration file>
              Specify configuration file to be parsed after the default ones.

       -list-options
              Prints all available options.

       -msgcharset <charset>
              Convert console messages to the specified character set
              (default: autodetect).  Text will be in the encoding specified
              with the --charset configure option.  Set this to "noconv" to
              disable conversion (for e.g. iconv problems).
              NOTE: The option takes effect after command line parsing has
              finished.  The MPLAYER_CHARSET environment variable can help you
              get rid of the first lines of garbled output.

       -msgcolor
              Enable colorful console output on terminals that support ANSI
              color.

       -msglevel <all=<level>:<module>=<level>:...>
              Control verbosity directly for each module.  The 'all' module
              changes the verbosity of all the modules not explicitly
              specified on the command line.  See '-msglevel help' for a list
              of all modules.
              NOTE: Some messages are printed before the command line is
              parsed and are therefore not affected by -msglevel.  To control
              these messages you have to use the MPLAYER_VERBOSE environment
              variable, see its description below for details.
              Available levels:
                 -1   complete silence
                  0   fatal messages only
                  1   error messages
                  2   warning messages
                  3   short hints
                  4   informational messages
                  5   status messages (default)
                  6   verbose messages
                  7   debug level 2
                  8   debug level 3
                  9   debug level 4

       -msgmodule
              Prepend module name in front of each console message.

       -noconfig <options>
              Do not parse selected configuration files.
              NOTE: If -include or -use-filedir-conf options are specified at
              the command line, they will be honoured.

              Available options are:
                 all
                      all configuration files
                 gui (GUI only)
                      GUI configuration file
                 system
                      system configuration file
                 user
                      user configuration file

       -quiet
              Make console output less verbose; in particular, prevents the
              status line (i.e. A:   0.7 V:   0.6 A-V:  0.068 ...) from being
              displayed.  Particularly useful on slow terminals or broken ones
              which do not properly handle carriage return (i.e. \r).

       -priority <prio> (Windows and OS/2 only)
              Set process priority for MPlayer according to the predefined
              priorities available under Windows and OS/2.  Possible values of
              <prio>:
                 idle|belownormal|normal|abovenormal|high|realtime

              WARNING: Using realtime priority can cause system lockup.

       -profile <profile1,profile2,...>
              Use the given profile(s), -profile help displays a list of the
              defined profiles.

       -really-quiet (also see -quiet)
              Display even less output and status messages than with -quiet.
              Also suppresses the GUI error message boxes.

       -show-profile <profile>
              Show the description and content of a profile.

       -use-filedir-conf
              Look for a file-specific configuration file in the same
              directory as the file that is being played.
              WARNING: May be dangerous if playing from untrusted media.

       -v
              Increment verbosity level, one level for each -v found on the
              command line.

PLAYER OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)
       -autoq <quality> (use with -vf [s]pp)
              Dynamically changes the level of postprocessing depending on the
              available spare CPU time.  The number you specify will be the
              maximum level used.  Usually you can use some big number.  You
              have to use -vf [s]pp without parameters in order for this to
              work.

       -autosync <factor>
              Gradually adjusts the A/V sync based on audio delay
              measurements.  Specifying -autosync 0, the default, will cause
              frame timing to be based entirely on audio delay measurements.
              Specifying -autosync 1 will do the same, but will subtly change
              the A/V correction algorithm.  An uneven video framerate in a
              movie which plays fine with -nosound can often be helped by
              setting this to an integer value greater than 1.  The higher the
              value, the closer the timing will be to -nosound.  Try -autosync
              30 to smooth out problems with sound drivers which do not
              implement a perfect audio delay measurement.  With this value,
              if large A/V sync offsets occur, they will only take about 1 or
              2 seconds to settle out.  This delay in reaction time to sudden
              A/V offsets should be the only side-effect of turning this
              option on, for all sound drivers.

       -benchmark
              Prints some statistics on CPU usage and dropped frames at the
              end of playback.  Use in combination with -nosound and -vo null
              for benchmarking only the video codec.
              NOTE: With this option MPlayer will also ignore frame duration
              when playing only video (you can think of that as infinite fps).

       -colorkey <number>
              Changes the colorkey to an RGB value of your choice.  0x000000
              is black and 0xffffff is white.  Only supported by the cvidix,
              fbdev, svga, vesa, winvidix, xmga, xvidix, xover, xv (see -vo
              xv:ck), xvmc (see -vo xv:ck) and directx video output drivers.

       -nocolorkey
              Disables colorkeying.  Only supported by the cvidix, fbdev,
              svga, vesa, winvidix, xmga, xvidix, xover, xv (see -vo xv:ck),
              xvmc (see -vo xv:ck) and directx video output drivers.

       -correct-pts (EXPERIMENTAL)
              Switches MPlayer to an experimental mode where timestamps for
              video frames are calculated differently and video filters which
              add new frames or modify timestamps of existing ones are
              supported.  The more accurate timestamps can be visible for
              example when playing subtitles timed to scene changes with the
              -ass option.  Without -correct-pts the subtitle timing will
              typically be off by some frames.  This option does not work
              correctly with some demuxers and codecs.

       -crash-debug (DEBUG CODE)
              Automatically attaches gdb upon crash or SIGTRAP.  Support must
              be compiled in by configuring with --enable-crash-debug.

       -doubleclick-time
              Time in milliseconds to recognize two consecutive button presses
              as a double-click (default: 300).  Set to 0 to let your
              windowing system decide what a double-click is (-vo directx
              only).
              NOTE: You will get slightly different behaviour depending on
              whether you bind MOUSE_BTN0_DBL or MOUSE_BTN0-MOUSE_BTN0_DBL.

       -edlout <filename>
              Creates a new file and writes edit decision list (EDL) records
              to it.  During playback, the user hits 'i' to mark the start or
              end of a skip block.  This provides a starting point from which
              the user can fine-tune EDL entries later.  See
              http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/edl.html for details.

       -edl-backward-delay <number>
              When using EDL during playback and jumping backwards it is
              possible to end up in the middle of an EDL record.  In that case
              MPlayer will seek further backwards to the start position of the
              EDL record and then immediately skip the scene specified in the
              EDL record.  To avoid this kind of behavior, MPlayer jumps to a
              fixed time interval before the start of the EDL record.  This
              parameter allows you to specify that time interval in seconds
              (default: 2 seconds).

       -edl-start-pts
              Adjust positions in EDL records according to playing file's
              start time.  Some formats, especially MPEG TS usually start with
              non-zero PTS values and when producing EDL file with -edlout
              option, EDL records contain absolute values that are correct
              only for this particular file.  If re-encoded into a different
              format, this EDL file no longer applies.  Specifying -edl-start-
              pts will automatically adjust EDL positions according to start
              time: when producing EDL file, it will substract start time from
              every EDL record, when playing with EDL file, it will add file's
              start time to every EDL position.

       -noedl-start-pts
              Disable adjusting EDL positions.

       -enqueue (GUI only)
              Enqueue files given on the command line in the playlist instead
              of playing them immediately.

       -fixed-vo
              Enforces a fixed video system for multiple files (one
              (un)initialization for all files).  Therefore only one window
              will be opened for all files.  Currently the following drivers
              are fixed-vo compliant: gl, gl2, mga, svga, x11, xmga, xv,
              xvidix and dfbmga.

       -framedrop (also see -hardframedrop, experimental without
       -nocorrect-pts)
              Skip displaying some frames to maintain A/V sync on slow
              systems.  Video filters are not applied to such frames.  For B-
              frames even decoding is skipped completely.

       -(no)gui
              Enable or disable the GUI interface (default depends on binary
              name).  Only works as the first argument on the command line.
              Does not work as a config-file option.

       -h, -help, --help
              Show short summary of options.

       -hardframedrop (experimental without -nocorrect-pts)
              More intense frame dropping (breaks decoding).  Leads to image
              distortion!  Note that especially the libmpeg2 decoder may crash
              with this, so consider using "-vc ffmpeg12,".

       -heartbeat-cmd
              Command that is executed every 30 seconds during playback via
              system() - i.e. using the shell.

              NOTE: MPlayer uses this command without any checking, it is your
              responsibility to ensure it does not cause security problems
              (e.g. make sure to use full paths if "." is in your path like on
              Windows).  It also only works when playing video (i.e. not with
              -novideo but works with -vo null).

              This can be "misused" to disable screensavers that do not
              support the proper X API (also see -stop-xscreensaver).  If you
              think this is too complicated, ask the author of the screensaver
              program to support the proper X APIs.

              EXAMPLE for xscreensaver: mplayer -heartbeat-cmd
              "xscreensaver-command -deactivate" file

              EXAMPLE for GNOME screensaver: mplayer -heartbeat-cmd
              "gnome-screensaver-command -p" file

       -identify
              Shorthand for -msglevel identify=4.  Show file parameters in an
              easily parseable format.  Also prints more detailed information
              about subtitle and audio track languages and IDs.  In some cases
              you can get more information by using -msglevel identify=6.  For
              example, for a DVD or Blu-ray it will list the chapters and time
              length of each title, as well as a disk ID.  Combine this with
              -frames 0 to suppress all video output.  The wrapper script
              TOOLS/midentify.sh suppresses the other MPlayer output and
              (hopefully) shellescapes the filenames.

       -idle (also see -slave)
              Makes MPlayer wait idly instead of quitting when there is no
              file to play.  Mostly useful in slave mode where MPlayer can be
              controlled through input commands.

       -input <commands>
              This option can be used to configure certain parts of the input
              system.  Paths are relative to ~/.mplayer/.
              NOTE: Autorepeat is currently only supported by joysticks.

              Available commands are:

                 conf=<filename>
                      Specify input configuration file other than the default
                      ~/.mplayer/input.conf.  ~/.mplayer/<filename> is assumed
                      if no full path is given.
                 ar-dev=<device>
                      Device to be used for Apple IR Remote (default is
                      autodetected, Linux only).
                 ar-delay
                      Delay in milliseconds before we start to autorepeat a
                      key (0 to disable).
                 ar-rate
                      Number of key presses to generate per second on
                      autorepeat.
                 (no)default-bindings
                      Use the key bindings that MPlayer ships with by default.
                 keylist
                      Prints all keys that can be bound to commands.
                 cmdlist
                      Prints all commands that can be bound to keys.
                 js-dev
                      Specifies the joystick device to use (default: /dev/
                      input/js0).
                 file=<filename>
                      Read commands from the given file.  Mostly useful with a
                      FIFO.
                      NOTE: When the given file is a FIFO MPlayer opens both
                      ends so you can do several 'echo "seek 10" > mp_pipe'
                      and the pipe will stay valid.

       -key-fifo-size <2-65000>
              Specify the size of the FIFO that buffers key events (default:
              7).  A FIFO of size n can buffer (n-1) events.  If it is too
              small some events may be lost (leading to "stuck mouse buttons"
              and similar effects).  If it is too big, MPlayer may seem to
              hang while it processes the buffered events.  To get the same
              behavior as before this option was introduced, set it to 2 for
              Linux or 1024 for Windows.

       -lircconf <filename> (LIRC only)
              Specifies a configuration file for LIRC (default: ~/.lircrc).

       -list-properties
              Print a list of the available properties.

       -loop <number>
              Loops movie playback <number> times.  0 means forever.

       -menu (OSD menu only)
              Turn on OSD menu support.

       -menu-cfg <filename> (OSD menu only)
              Use an alternative menu.conf.

       -menu-chroot <path> (OSD menu only)
              Chroot the file selection menu to a specific location.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -menu-chroot /home
                      Will restrict the file selection menu to /home and
                      downward (i.e. no access to / will be possible, but
                      /home/user_name will).

       -menu-keepdir (OSD menu only)
              File browser starts from the last known location instead of
              current directory.

       -menu-root <value> (OSD menu only)
              Specify the main menu.

       -menu-startup (OSD menu only)
              Display the main menu at MPlayer startup.

       -mouse-movements
              Permit MPlayer to receive pointer events reported by the video
              output driver.  Necessary to select the buttons in DVD menus.
              Supported for X11-based VOs (x11, xv, xvmc, etc) and the gl,
              gl2, direct3d and corevideo VOs.

       -noar  Turns off AppleIR remote support.

       -noconsolecontrols
              Prevent MPlayer from reading key events from standard input.
              Useful when reading data from standard input.  This is
              automatically enabled when - is found on the command line.
              There are situations where you have to set it manually, e.g. if
              you open /dev/stdin (or the equivalent on your system), use
              stdin in a playlist or intend to read from stdin later on via
              the loadfile or loadlist slave commands.

       -nojoystick
              Turns off joystick support.

       -nolirc
              Turns off LIRC support.

       -nomouseinput
              Disable mouse button press/release input (mozplayerxp's context
              menu relies on this option).

       -rtc (RTC only)
              Turns on usage of the Linux RTC (realtime clock - /dev/rtc) as
              timing mechanism.  This wakes up the process every 1/1024
              seconds to check the current time.  Useless with modern Linux
              kernels configured for desktop use as they already wake up the
              process with similar accuracy when using normal timed sleep.

       -playing-msg <string>
              Print out a string before starting playback.  The following
              expansions are supported:

                 ${NAME}
                      Expand to the value of the property NAME.

                 ?(NAME:TEXT)
                      Expand TEXT only if the property NAME is available.

                 ?(!NAME:TEXT)
                      Expand TEXT only if the property NAME is not available.

       -playlist <filename>
              Play files according to a playlist file (ASX, Winamp, SMIL, or
              one-file-per-line format).
              NOTE: This option is considered an entry so options found after
              it will apply only to the elements of this playlist.
              FIXME: This needs to be clarified and documented thoroughly.

       -rtc-device <device>
              Use the specified device for RTC timing.

       -shuffle
              Play files in random order.

       -skin <name> (GUI only)
              Loads a skin from the directory given as parameter below the
              default skin directories, /usr/local/share/mplayer/skins/ and
              ~/.mplayer/skins/.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -skin fittyfene
                      Tries /usr/local/share/mplayer/skins/fittyfene and
                      afterwards ~/.mplayer/skins/fittyfene.

       -slave (also see -input)
              Switches on slave mode, in which MPlayer works as a backend for
              other programs.  Instead of intercepting keyboard events,
              MPlayer will read commands separated by a newline (\n) from
              stdin.
              NOTE: See -input cmdlist for a list of slave commands and
              DOCS/tech/slave.txt for their description.  Also, this is not
              intended to disable other inputs, e.g. via the video window, use
              some other method like -input nodefault-bindings:conf=/dev/null
              for that.

       -softsleep
              Time frames by repeatedly checking the current time instead of
              asking the kernel to wake up MPlayer at the correct time.
              Useful if your kernel timing is imprecise and you cannot use the
              RTC either.  Comes at the price of higher CPU consumption.

       -sstep <sec>
              Skip <sec> seconds after every frame.  The normal framerate of
              the movie is kept, so playback is accelerated.  Since MPlayer
              can only seek to the next keyframe this may be inexact.

       -udp-ip <ip>
              Sets the destination address for datagrams sent by the
              -udp-master.  Setting it to a broadcast address allows multiple
              slaves having the same broadcast address to sync to the master
              (default: 127.0.0.1).

       -udp-master
              Send a datagram to -udp-ip on -udp-port just before playing each
              frame.  The datagram indicates the master's position in the
              file.

       -udp-port <port>
              Sets the destination port for datagrams sent by the -udp-master,
              and the port a -udp-slave listens on (default: 23867).

       -udp-seek-threshold <sec>
              When the master seeks, the slave has to decide whether to seek
              as well, or to catch up by decoding frames without pausing
              between frames.  If the master is more than <sec> seconds away
              from the slave, the slave seeks.  Otherwise, it "runs" to catch
              up or waits for the master.  This should almost always be left
              at its default setting of 1 second.

       -udp-slave
              Listen on -udp-port and match the master's position.

DEMUXER/STREAM OPTIONS
       -a52drc <level>
              Select the Dynamic Range Compression level for AC-3 audio
              streams.  <level> is a float value ranging from 0 to 1, where 0
              means no compression and 1 (which is the default) means full
              compression (make loud passages more silent and vice versa).
              Values up to 2 are also accepted, but are purely experimental.
              This option only shows an effect if the AC-3 stream contains the
              required range compression information.

       -aid <ID> (also see -alang)
              Select audio channel (MPEG: 0-31, AVI/OGM: 1-99, ASF/RM: 0-127,
              VOB(AC-3): 128-159, VOB(LPCM): 160-191, MPEG-TS 17-8190).
              MPlayer prints the available audio IDs when run in verbose (-v)
              mode.  When playing an MPEG-TS stream, MPlayer/MEncoder will use
              the first program (if present) with the chosen audio stream.

       -ausid <ID> (also see -alang)
              Select audio substream channel.  Currently the valid range is
              0x55..0x75 and applies only to MPEG-TS when handled by the
              native demuxer (not by libavformat).  The format type may not be
              correctly identified because of how this information (or lack
              thereof) is embedded in the stream, but it will demux correctly
              the audio streams when multiple substreams are present.  MPlayer
              prints the available substream IDs when run with -identify.

       -alang <language code[,language code,...]> (also see -aid)
              Specify a priority list of audio languages to use.  Different
              container formats employ different language codes.  DVDs use ISO
              639-1 two letter language codes, Matroska, MPEG-TS and NUT use
              ISO 639-2 three letter language codes while OGM uses a free-form
              identifier.  MPlayer prints the available languages when run in
              verbose (-v) mode.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer dvd://1 -alang hu,en
                      Chooses the Hungarian language track on a DVD and falls
                      back on English if Hungarian is not available.
                 mplayer -alang jpn example.mkv
                      Plays a Matroska file in Japanese.

       -audio-demuxer <[+]name> (-audiofile only)
              Force audio demuxer type for -audiofile.  Use a '+' before the
              name to force it, this will skip some checks!  Give the demuxer
              name as printed by -audio-demuxer help.  For backward
              compatibility it also accepts the demuxer ID as defined in
              libmpdemux/demuxer.h.  -audio-demuxer audio or -audio-demuxer 17
              forces MP3.

       -audiofile <filename>
              Play audio from an external file (WAV, MP3 or Ogg Vorbis) while
              viewing a movie.

       -audiofile-cache <kBytes>
              Enables caching for the stream used by -audiofile, using the
              specified amount of memory.

       -reuse-socket (udp:// only)
              Allows a socket to be reused by other processes as soon as it is
              closed.

       -bandwidth <Bytes> (network only)
              Specify the maximum bandwidth for network streaming (for servers
              that are able to send content in different bitrates).  Useful if
              you want to watch live streamed media behind a slow connection.
              With Real RTSP streaming, it is also used to set the maximum
              delivery bandwidth allowing faster cache filling and stream
              dumping.

       -bluray-angle <angle ID> (Blu-ray only)
              Some Blu-ray discs contain scenes that can be viewed from
              multiple angles.  Here you can tell MPlayer which angles to use
              (default: 1).

       -bluray-chapter <chapter ID> (Blu-ray only)
              Tells MPlayer which Blu-ray chapter to start the current title
              from (default: 1).

       -bluray-device <path to disc> (Blu-ray only)
              Specify the Blu-ray disc location. Must be a directory with
              Blu-ray structure.

       -cache <kBytes>
              This option specifies how much memory (in kBytes) to use when
              precaching a file or URL.  Especially useful on slow media.

       -nocache
              Turns off caching.

       -cache-min <percentage>
              Playback will start when the cache has been filled up to
              <percentage> of the total.

       -cache-seek-min <percentage>
              If a seek is to be made to a position within <percentage> of the
              cache size from the current position, MPlayer will wait for the
              cache to be filled to this position rather than performing a
              stream seek (default: 50).

       -capture (MPlayer only)
              Allows capturing the primary stream (not additional audio tracks
              or other kind of streams) into the file specified by -dumpfile
              or by default.  If this option is given, capturing can be
              started and stopped by pressing the key bound to this function
              (see section INTERACTIVE CONTROL).  Same as for -dumpstream,
              this will likely not produce usable results for anything else
              than MPEG streams.  Note that, due to cache latencies, captured
              data may begin and end somewhat delayed compared to what you see
              displayed.

       -cdda <option1:option2> (CDDA only)
              This option can be used to tune the CD Audio reading feature of
              MPlayer.

              Available options are:

                 speed=<value>
                      Set CD spin speed.

                 paranoia=<0-2>
                      Set paranoia level.  Values other than 0 seem to break
                      playback of anything but the first track.
                         0: disable checking (default)
                         1: overlap checking only
                         2: full data correction and verification

                 generic-dev=<value>
                      Use specified generic SCSI device.

                 sector-size=<value>
                      Set atomic read size.

                 overlap=<value>
                      Force minimum overlap search during verification to
                      <value> sectors.

                 toc-bias
                      Assume that the beginning offset of track 1 as reported
                      in the TOC will be addressed as LBA 0.  Some Toshiba
                      drives need this for getting track boundaries correct.

                 toc-offset=<value>
                      Add <value> sectors to the values reported when
                      addressing tracks.  May be negative.

                 (no)skip
                      (Never) accept imperfect data reconstruction.

       -cdrom-device <path to device>
              Specify the CD-ROM device (default: /dev/rcd0c).

       -channels <number> (also see -af channels)
              Request the number of playback channels (default: 2).  MPlayer
              asks the decoder to decode the audio into as many channels as
              specified.  Then it is up to the decoder to fulfill the
              requirement.  This is usually only important when playing videos
              with AC-3 audio (like DVDs).  In that case liba52 does the
              decoding by default and correctly downmixes the audio into the
              requested number of channels.  To directly control the number of
              output channels independently of how many channels are decoded,
              use the channels filter.
              NOTE: This option is honored by codecs (AC-3 only), filters
              (surround) and audio output drivers (OSS at least).

              Available options are:

                 2    stereo
                 4    surround
                 6    full 5.1
                 8    full 7.1

       -chapter <chapter ID>[-<endchapter ID>] (dvd:// and dvdnav:// only)
              Specify which chapter to start playing at.  Optionally specify
              which chapter to end playing at (default: 1).

       -cookies (network only)
              Send cookies when making HTTP requests.

       -cookies-file <filename> (network only)
              Read HTTP cookies from <filename> (default: ~/.mozilla/ and
              ~/.netscape/) and skip reading from default locations.  The file
              is assumed to be in Netscape format.

       -delay <sec>
              audio delay in seconds (positive or negative float value)
              Negative values delay the audio, and positive values delay the
              video.  Note that this is the exact opposite of the -audio-delay
              MEncoder option.
              NOTE: When used with MEncoder, this is not guaranteed to work
              correctly with -ovc copy; use -audio-delay instead.

       -ignore-start
              Ignore the specified starting time for streams in AVI files.  In
              MPlayer, this nullifies stream delays in files encoded with the
              -audio-delay option.  During encoding, this option prevents
              MEncoder from transferring original stream start times to the
              new file; the -audio-delay option is not affected.  Note that
              MEncoder sometimes adjusts stream starting times automatically
              to compensate for anticipated decoding delays, so do not use
              this option for encoding without testing it first.

       -demuxer <[+]name>
              Force demuxer type.  Use a '+' before the name to force it, this
              will skip some checks!  Give the demuxer name as printed by
              -demuxer help.  For backward compatibility it also accepts the
              demuxer ID as defined in libmpdemux/demuxer.h.

       -dumpaudio (MPlayer only)
              Dumps raw compressed audio stream to ./stream.dump (useful with
              MPEG/AC-3, in most other cases the resulting file will not be
              playable).  If you give more than one of -dumpaudio, -dumpvideo,
              -dumpstream on the command line only the last one will work.

       -dumpfile <filename> (MPlayer only)
              Specify which file MPlayer should dump to.  Should be used
              together with -dumpaudio / -dumpvideo / -dumpstream / -capture.

       -dumpstream (MPlayer only)
              Dumps the raw stream to ./stream.dump.  Useful when ripping from
              DVD or network.  If you give more than one of -dumpaudio,
              -dumpvideo, -dumpstream on the command line only the last one
              will work.

       -dumpvideo (MPlayer only)
              Dump raw compressed video stream to ./stream.dump (not very
              usable).  If you give more than one of -dumpaudio, -dumpvideo,
              -dumpstream on the command line only the last one will work.

       -dvbin <options> (DVB only)
              Pass the following parameters to the DVB input module, in order
              to override the default ones:

                 card=<1-4>
                      Specifies using card number 1-4 (default: 1).
                 file=<filename>
                      Instructs MPlayer to read the channels list from
                      <filename>.  Default is ~/.mplayer/
                      channels.conf.{sat,ter,cbl,atsc} (based on your card
                      type) or ~/.mplayer/channels.conf as a last resort.
                 timeout=<1-30>
                      Maximum number of seconds to wait when trying to tune a
                      frequency before giving up (default: 30).

       -dvd-device <path to device> (DVD only)
              Specify the DVD device or .iso filename (default: /dev/dvd).
              You can also specify a directory that contains files previously
              copied directly from a DVD (with e.g. vobcopy).

       -dvd-speed <factor or speed in KB/s> (DVD only)
              Try to limit DVD speed (default: 0, no change).  DVD base speed
              is about 1350KB/s, so a 8x drive can read at speeds up to
              10800KB/s.  Slower speeds make the drive more quiet, for
              watching DVDs 2700KB/s should be quiet and fast enough.  MPlayer
              resets the speed to the drive default value on close.  Values
              less than 100 mean multiples of 1350KB/s, i.e. -dvd-speed 8
              selects 10800KB/s.
              NOTE: You need write access to the DVD device to change the
              speed.

       -dvdangle <angle ID> (DVD only)
              Some DVD discs contain scenes that can be viewed from multiple
              angles.  Here you can tell MPlayer which angles to use (default:
              1).

       -edl <filename>
              Enables edit decision list (EDL) actions during playback.  Video
              will be skipped over and audio will be muted and unmuted
              according to the entries in the given file.  See
              http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/edl.html for details on how
              to use this.

       -endpos <[[hh:]mm:]ss[.ms]|size[b|kb|mb]> (also see -ss and -sb)
              Stop at given time or byte position.
              NOTE: Byte position may not be accurate, as it can only stop at
              a frame boundary.  When used in conjunction with -ss option,
              -endpos time will shift forward by seconds specified with -ss.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -endpos 56
                      Stop at 56 seconds.
                 -endpos 01:10:00
                      Stop at 1 hour 10 minutes.
                 -ss 10 -endpos 56
                      Stop at 1 minute 6 seconds.
                 -endpos 100mb
                      Encode only 100 MB.

       -forceidx
              Force index rebuilding.  Useful for files with broken index (A/V
              desync, etc).  This will enable seeking in files where seeking
              was not possible.  You can fix the index permanently with
              MEncoder (see the documentation).
              NOTE: This option only works if the underlying media supports
              seeking (i.e. not with stdin, pipe, etc).

       -fps <float value>
              Override video framerate.  Useful if the original value is wrong
              or missing.

       -frames <number>
              Play/convert only first <number> frames, then quit.

       -hr-mp3-seek (MP3 only)
              Hi-res MP3 seeking.  Enabled when playing from an external MP3
              file, as we need to seek to the very exact position to keep A/V
              sync.  Can be slow especially when seeking backwards since it
              has to rewind to the beginning to find an exact frame position.

       -idx (also see -forceidx)
              Rebuilds index of files if no index was found, allowing seeking.
              Useful with broken/incomplete downloads, or badly created files.
              NOTE: This option only works if the underlying media supports
              seeking (i.e. not with stdin, pipe, etc).

       -noidx Skip rebuilding index file.  MEncoder skips writing the index
              with this option.

       -ipv4-only-proxy (network only)
              Skip the proxy for IPv6 addresses.  It will still be used for
              IPv4 connections.

       -loadidx <index file>
              The file from which to read the video index data saved by
              -saveidx.  This index will be used for seeking, overriding any
              index data contained in the AVI itself.  MPlayer will not
              prevent you from loading an index file generated from a
              different AVI, but this is sure to cause unfavorable results.
              NOTE: This option is obsolete now that MPlayer has OpenDML
              support.

       -mc <seconds/frame>
              maximum A-V sync correction per frame (in seconds)
              -mc 0 should always be combined with -noskip for mencoder,
              otherwise it will almost certainly cause A-V desync.

       -mf <option1:option2:...>
              Used when decoding from multiple PNG or JPEG files.

              Available options are:

                 w=<value>
                      input file width (default: autodetect)
                 h=<value>
                      input file height (default: autodetect)
                 fps=<value>
                      output fps (default: 25)
                 type=<value>
                      input file type (available: jpeg, png, tga, sgi)

       -ni (AVI only)
              Force usage of non-interleaved AVI parser (fixes playback of
              some bad AVI files).

       -nobps (AVI only)
              Do not use average byte/second value for A-V sync.  Helps with
              some AVI files with broken header.

       -noextbased
              Disables extension-based demuxer selection.  By default, when
              the file type (demuxer) cannot be detected reliably (the file
              has no header or it is not reliable enough), the filename
              extension is used to select the demuxer.  Always falls back on
              content-based demuxer selection.

       -passwd <password> (also see -user) (network only)
              Specify password for HTTP authentication.

       -prefer-ipv4 (network only)
              Use IPv4 on network connections.  Falls back on IPv6
              automatically.

       -prefer-ipv6 (IPv6 network only)
              Use IPv6 on network connections.  Falls back on IPv4
              automatically.

       -psprobe <byte position>
              When playing an MPEG-PS or MPEG-PES streams, this option lets
              you specify how many bytes in the stream you want MPlayer to
              scan in order to identify the video codec used.  This option is
              needed to play EVO or VDR files containing H.264 streams.

       -pvr <option1:option2:...> (PVR only)
              This option tunes various encoding properties of the PVR capture
              module.  It has to be used with any hardware MPEG encoder based
              card supported by the V4L2 driver.  The Hauppauge WinTV
              PVR-150/250/350/500 and all IVTV based cards are known as PVR
              capture cards.  Be aware that only Linux 2.6.18 kernel and above
              is able to handle MPEG stream through V4L2 layer.  For hardware
              capture of an MPEG stream and watching it with MPlayer/MEncoder,
              use 'pvr://' as a movie URL.

              Available options are:

                 aspect=<0-3>
                      Specify input aspect ratio:
                         0: 1:1
                         1: 4:3 (default)
                         2: 16:9
                         3: 2.21:1

                 arate=<32000-48000>
                      Specify encoding audio rate (default: 48000 Hz,
                      available: 32000, 44100 and 48000 Hz).

                 alayer=<1-3>
                      Specify MPEG audio layer encoding (default: 2).

                 abitrate=<32-448>
                      Specify audio encoding bitrate in kbps (default: 384).

                 amode=<value>
                      Specify audio encoding mode.  Available preset values
                      are 'stereo', 'joint_stereo', 'dual' and 'mono'
                      (default: stereo).

                 vbitrate=<value>
                      Specify average video bitrate encoding in Mbps (default:
                      6).

                 vmode=<value>
                      Specify video encoding mode:
                         vbr: Variable BitRate (default)
                         cbr: Constant BitRate

                 vpeak=<value>
                      Specify peak video bitrate encoding in Mbps (only useful
                      for VBR encoding, default: 9.6).

                 fmt=<value>
                      Choose an MPEG format for encoding:
                         ps:    MPEG-2 Program Stream (default)
                         ts:    MPEG-2 Transport Stream
                         mpeg1: MPEG-1 System Stream
                         vcd:   Video CD compatible stream
                         svcd:  Super Video CD compatible stream
                         dvd:   DVD compatible stream

       -radio <option1:option2:...> (radio only)
              These options set various parameters of the radio capture
              module.  For listening to radio with MPlayer use
              'radio://<frequency>' (if channels option is not given) or
              'radio://<channel_number>' (if channels option is given) as a
              movie URL.  You can see allowed frequency range by running
              MPlayer with '-v'.  To start the grabbing subsystem, use
              'radio://<frequency or channel>/capture'.  If the capture
              keyword is not given you can listen to radio using the line-in
              cable only.  Using capture to listen is not recommended due to
              synchronization problems, which makes this process
              uncomfortable.

              Available options are:

                 device=<value>
                      Radio device to use (default: /dev/radio0 for Linux and
                      /dev/tuner0 for *BSD).

                 driver=<value>
                      Radio driver to use (default: v4l2 if available,
                      otherwise v4l).  Currently, v4l and v4l2 drivers are
                      supported.

                 volume=<0..100>
                      sound volume for radio device (default 100)

                 freq_min=<value> (*BSD BT848 only)
                      minimum allowed frequency (default: 87.50)

                 freq_max=<value> (*BSD BT848 only)
                      maximum allowed frequency (default: 108.00)

                 channels=<frequency>-<name>,<frequency>-<name>,...
                      Set channel list.  Use _ for spaces in names (or play
                      with quoting ;-).  The channel names will then be
                      written using OSD and the slave commands
                      radio_step_channel and radio_set_channel will be usable
                      for a remote control (see LIRC).  If given, number in
                      movie URL will be treated as channel position in channel
                      list.
                      EXAMPLE: radio://1, radio://104.4, radio_set_channel 1

                 adevice=<value> (radio capture only)
                      Name of device to capture sound from.  Without such a
                      name capture will be disabled, even if the capture
                      keyword appears in the URL.  For ALSA devices use it in
                      the form hw=<card>.<device>.  If the device name
                      contains a '=', the module will use ALSA to capture,
                      otherwise OSS.

                 arate=<value> (radio capture only)
                      Rate in samples per second (default: 44100).
                      NOTE: When using audio capture set also -rawaudio
                      rate=<value> option with the same value as arate.  If
                      you have problems with sound speed (runs too quickly),
                      try to play with different rate values (e.g.
                      48000,44100,32000,...).

                 achannels=<value> (radio capture only)
                      Number of audio channels to capture.

       -rawaudio <option1:option2:...>
              This option lets you play raw audio files.  You have to use
              -demuxer rawaudio as well.  It may also be used to play audio
              CDs which are not 44kHz 16-bit stereo.  For playing raw AC-3
              streams use -rawaudio format=0x2000 -demuxer rawaudio.

              Available options are:

                 channels=<value>
                      number of channels
                 rate=<value>
                      rate in samples per second
                 samplesize=<value>
                      sample size in bytes
                 bitrate=<value>
                      bitrate for rawaudio files
                 format=<value>
                      fourcc in hex

       -rawvideo <option1:option2:...>
              This option lets you play raw video files.  You have to use
              -demuxer rawvideo as well.

              Available options are:

                 fps=<value>
                      rate in frames per second (default: 25.0)
                 sqcif|qcif|cif|4cif|pal|ntsc
                      set standard image size
                 w=<value>
                      image width in pixels
                 h=<value>
                      image height in pixels
                 i420|yv12|yuy2|y8
                      set colorspace
                 format=<value>
                      colorspace (fourcc) in hex or string constant.  Use
                      -rawvideo format=help for a list of possible strings.
                 size=<value>
                      frame size in Bytes

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer foreman.qcif -demuxer rawvideo -rawvideo qcif
                      Play the famous "foreman" sample video.
                 mplayer sample-720x576.yuv -demuxer rawvideo -rawvideo
                 w=720:h=576
                      Play a raw YUV sample.

       -referrer <string> (network only)
              Specify a referrer path or URL for HTTP requests.

       -rtsp-port
              Used with 'rtsp://' URLs to force the client's port number.
              This option may be useful if you are behind a router and want to
              forward the RTSP stream from the server to a specific client.

       -rtsp-destination
              Used with 'rtsp://' URLs to force the destination IP address to
              be bound.  This option may be useful with some RTSP server which
              do not send RTP packets to the right interface.  If the
              connection to the RTSP server fails, use -v to see which IP
              address MPlayer tries to bind to and try to force it to one
              assigned to your computer instead.

       -rtsp-stream-over-tcp (LIVE555 and NEMESI only)
              Used with 'rtsp://' URLs to specify that the resulting incoming
              RTP and RTCP packets be streamed over TCP (using the same TCP
              connection as RTSP).  This option may be useful if you have a
              broken internet connection that does not pass incoming UDP
              packets (see http://www.live555.com/mplayer/).

       -rtsp-stream-over-http (LIVE555 only)
              Used with 'http://' URLs to specify that the resulting incoming
              RTP and RTCP packets be streamed over HTTP.

       -saveidx <filename>
              Force index rebuilding and dump the index to <filename>.
              Currently this only works with AVI files.
              NOTE: This option is obsolete now that MPlayer has OpenDML
              support.

       -sb <byte position> (also see -ss)
              Seek to byte position.  Useful for playback from CD-ROM images
              or VOB files with junk at the beginning.

       -speed <0.01-100>
              Slow down or speed up playback by the factor given as parameter.
              Not guaranteed to work correctly with -oac copy.

       -srate <Hz>
              Select the output sample rate to be used (of course sound cards
              have limits on this).  If the sample frequency selected is
              different from that of the current media, the resample or
              lavcresample audio filter will be inserted into the audio filter
              layer to compensate for the difference.  The type of resampling
              can be controlled by the -af-adv option.  The default is fast
              resampling that may cause distortion.

       -ss <time> (also see -sb)
              Seek to given time position.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ss 56
                      Seeks to 56 seconds.
                 -ss 01:10:00
                      Seeks to 1 hour 10 min.

       -tskeepbroken
              Tells MPlayer not to discard TS packets reported as broken in
              the stream.  Sometimes needed to play corrupted MPEG-TS files.

       -tsprobe <byte position>
              When playing an MPEG-TS stream, this option lets you specify how
              many bytes in the stream you want MPlayer to search for the
              desired audio and video IDs.

       -tsprog <1-65534>
              When playing an MPEG-TS stream, you can specify with this option
              which program (if present) you want to play.  Can be used with
              -vid and -aid.

       -tv <option1:option2:...> (TV/PVR only)
              This option tunes various properties of the TV capture module.
              For watching TV with MPlayer, use 'tv://' or
              'tv://<channel_number>' or even 'tv://<channel_name> (see option
              channels for channel_name below) as a movie URL.  You can also
              use 'tv:///<input_id>' to start watching a movie from a
              composite or S-Video input (see option input for details).

              Available options are:

                 noaudio
                      no sound

                 automute=<0-255> (v4l and v4l2 only)
                      If signal strength reported by device is less than this
                      value, audio and video will be muted.  In most cases
                      automute=100 will be enough.  Default is 0 (automute
                      disabled).

                 driver=<value>
                      See -tv driver=help for a list of compiled-in TV input
                      drivers.  available: dummy, v4l, v4l2, bsdbt848
                      (default: autodetect)

                 device=<value>
                      Specify TV device (default: /dev/video0).  NOTE: For the
                      bsdbt848 driver you can provide both bktr and tuner
                      device names separating them with a comma, tuner after
                      bktr (e.g. -tv device=/dev/bktr1,/dev/tuner1).

                 input=<value>
                      Specify input (default: 0 (TV), see console output for
                      available inputs).

                 freq=<value>
                      Specify the frequency to set the tuner to (e.g.
                      511.250).  Not compatible with the channels parameter.

                 outfmt=<value>
                      Specify the output format of the tuner with a preset
                      value supported by the V4L driver (yv12, rgb32, rgb24,
                      rgb16, rgb15, uyvy, yuy2, i420) or an arbitrary format
                      given as hex value.  Try outfmt=help for a list of all
                      available formats.

                 width=<value>
                      output window width

                 height=<value>
                      output window height

                 fps=<value>
                      framerate at which to capture video (frames per second)

                 buffersize=<value>
                      maximum size of the capture buffer in megabytes
                      (default: dynamical)

                 norm=<value>
                      For bsdbt848 and v4l, PAL, SECAM, NTSC are available.
                      For v4l2, see the console output for a list of all
                      available norms, also see the normid option below.

                 normid=<value> (v4l2 only)
                      Sets the TV norm to the given numeric ID.  The TV norm
                      depends on the capture card.  See the console output for
                      a list of available TV norms.

                 channel=<value>
                      Set tuner to <value> channel.

                 chanlist=<value>
                      available: argentina, australia, china-bcast, europe-
                      east, europe-west, france, ireland, italy, japan-bcast,
                      japan-cable, newzealand, russia, southafrica, us-bcast,
                      us-cable, us-cable-hrc

                 channels=<chan>-<name>[=<norm>],<chan>-<name>[=<norm>],...
                      Set names for channels.  NOTE: If <chan> is an integer
                      greater than 1000, it will be treated as frequency (in
                      kHz) rather than channel name from frequency table.
                      Use _ for spaces in names (or play with quoting ;-).
                      The channel names will then be written using OSD, and
                      the slave commands tv_step_channel, tv_set_channel and
                      tv_last_channel will be usable for a remote control (see
                      LIRC).  Not compatible with the frequency parameter.
                      NOTE: The channel number will then be the position in
                      the 'channels' list, beginning with 1.
                      EXAMPLE: tv://1, tv://TV1, tv_set_channel 1,
                      tv_set_channel TV1

                 [brightness|contrast|hue|saturation]=<-100-100>
                      Set the image equalizer on the card.

                 audiorate=<value>
                      Set input audio sample rate.

                 forceaudio
                      Capture audio even if there are no audio sources
                      reported by v4l.

                 alsa
                      Capture from ALSA.

                 amode=<0-3>
                      Choose an audio mode:
                         0: mono
                         1: stereo
                         2: language 1
                         3: language 2

                 forcechan=<1-2>
                      By default, the count of recorded audio channels is
                      determined automatically by querying the audio mode from
                      the TV card.  This option allows forcing stereo/mono
                      recording regardless of the amode option and the values
                      returned by v4l.  This can be used for troubleshooting
                      when the TV card is unable to report the current audio
                      mode.

                 adevice=<value>
                      Set an audio device.  <value> should be /dev/xxx for OSS
                      and a hardware ID for ALSA.  You must replace any ':' by
                      a '.' in the hardware ID for ALSA.

                 audioid=<value>
                      Choose an audio output of the capture card, if it has
                      more than one.

                 [volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0-65535> (v4l1)

                 [volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0-100> (v4l2)
                      These options set parameters of the mixer on the video
                      capture card.  They will have no effect, if your card
                      does not have one.  For v4l2 50 maps to the default
                      value of the control, as reported by the driver.

                 gain=<0-100> (v4l2)
                      Set gain control for video devices (usually webcams) to
                      the desired value and switch off automatic control.  A
                      value of 0 enables automatic control.  If this option is
                      omitted, gain control will not be modified.

                 immediatemode=<bool>
                      A value of 0 means capture and buffer audio and video
                      together (default for MEncoder).  A value of 1 (default
                      for MPlayer) means to do video capture only and let the
                      audio go through a loopback cable from the TV card to
                      the sound card.

                 mjpeg
                      Use hardware MJPEG compression (if the card supports
                      it).  When using this option, you do not need to specify
                      the width and height of the output window, because
                      MPlayer will determine it automatically from the
                      decimation value (see below).

                 decimation=<1|2|4>
                      choose the size of the picture that will be compressed
                      by hardware MJPEG compression:
                         1: full size
                             704x576    PAL
                             704x480    NTSC
                         2: medium size
                             352x288    PAL
                             352x240    NTSC
                         4: small size
                             176x144    PAL
                             176x120    NTSC

                 quality=<0-100>
                      Choose the quality of the JPEG compression (< 60
                      recommended for full size).

                 tdevice=<value>
                      Specify TV teletext device (example: /dev/vbi0)
                      (default: none).

                 tformat=<format>
                      Specify TV teletext display format (default: 0):
                         0: opaque
                         1: transparent
                         2: opaque with inverted colors
                         3: transparent with inverted colors

                 tpage=<100-899>
                      Specify initial TV teletext page number (default: 100).

                 tlang=<-1-127>
                      Specify default teletext language code (default: 0),
                      which will be used as primary language until a type 28
                      packet is received.  Useful when the teletext system
                      uses a non-latin character set, but language codes are
                      not transmitted via teletext type 28 packets for some
                      reason.  To see a list of supported language codes set
                      this option to -1.

                 hidden_video_renderer (dshow only)
                      Terminate stream with video renderer instead of Null
                      renderer (default: off).  Will help if video freezes but
                      audio does not.  NOTE: May not work with -vo directx and
                      -vf crop combination.

                 hidden_vp_renderer (dshow only)
                      Terminate VideoPort pin stream with video renderer
                      instead of removing it from the graph (default: off).
                      Useful if your card has a VideoPort pin and video is
                      choppy.  NOTE: May not work with -vo directx and -vf
                      crop combination.

                 system_clock (dshow only)
                      Use the system clock as sync source instead of the
                      default graph clock (usually the clock from one of the
                      live sources in graph).

                 normalize_audio_chunks (dshow only)
                      Create audio chunks with a time length equal to video
                      frame time length (default: off).  Some audio cards
                      create audio chunks about 0.5s in size, resulting in
                      choppy video when using immediatemode=0.

       -tvscan <option1:option2:...> (TV and MPlayer only)
              Tune the TV channel scanner.  MPlayer will also print value for
              "-tv channels=" option, including existing and just found
              channels.

              Available suboptions are:

                 autostart
                      Begin channel scanning immediately after startup
                      (default: disabled).

                 period=<0.1-2.0>
                      Specify delay in seconds before switching to next
                      channel (default: 0.5).  Lower values will cause faster
                      scanning, but can detect inactive TV channels as active.

                 threshold=<1-100>
                      Threshold value for the signal strength (in percent), as
                      reported by the device (default: 50).  A signal strength
                      higher than this value will indicate that the currently
                      scanning channel is active.

       -user <username> (also see -passwd) (network only)
              Specify username for HTTP authentication.

       -user-agent <string>
              Use <string> as user agent for HTTP streaming.

       -vid <ID>
              Select video channel (MPG: 0-15, ASF: 0-255, MPEG-TS: 17-8190).
              When playing an MPEG-TS stream, MPlayer/MEncoder will use the
              first program (if present) with the chosen video stream.

       -vivo <suboption> (DEBUG CODE)
              Force audio parameters for the VIVO demuxer (for debugging
              purposes).  FIXME: Document this.

OSD/SUBTITLE OPTIONS
       NOTE: Also see -vf expand.

       -ass (FreeType only)
              Turn on SSA/ASS subtitle rendering.  With this option, libass
              will be used for SSA/ASS external subtitles and Matroska tracks.
              You may also want to use -embeddedfonts.
              NOTE: Unlike normal OSD, libass uses fontconfig by default. To
              disable it, use -nofontconfig.

       -ass-border-color <value>
              Sets the border (outline) color for text subtitles.  The color
              format is RRGGBBAA.

       -ass-bottom-margin <value>
              Adds a black band at the bottom of the frame.  The SSA/ASS
              renderer can place subtitles there (with -ass-use-margins).

       -ass-color <value>
              Sets the color for text subtitles.  The color format is
              RRGGBBAA.

       -ass-font-scale <value>
              Set the scale coefficient to be used for fonts in the SSA/ASS
              renderer.

       -ass-force-style <[Style.]Param=Value[,...]>
              Override some style or script info parameters.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ass-force-style FontName=Arial,Default.Bold=1
                 -ass-force-style PlayResY=768

       -ass-hinting <type>
              Set hinting type.  <type> can be:
                 0    no hinting
                 1    FreeType autohinter, light mode
                 2    FreeType autohinter, normal mode
                 3    font native hinter
                 0-3 + 4
                      The same, but hinting will only be performed if the OSD
                      is rendered at screen resolution and will therefore not
                      be scaled.
                 The default value is 7 (use native hinter for unscaled OSD
                 and no hinting otherwise).

       -ass-line-spacing <value>
              Set line spacing value for SSA/ASS renderer.

       -ass-styles <filename>
              Load all SSA/ASS styles found in the specified file and use them
              for rendering text subtitles.  The syntax of the file is exactly
              like the [V4 Styles] / [V4+ Styles] section of SSA/ASS.

       -ass-top-margin <value>
              Adds a black band at the top of the frame.  The SSA/ASS renderer
              can place toptitles there (with -ass-use-margins).

       -ass-use-margins
              Enables placing toptitles and subtitles in black borders when
              they are available.

       -dumpjacosub (MPlayer only)
              Convert the given subtitle (specified with the -sub option) to
              the time-based JACOsub subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.js
              file in the current directory.

       -dumpmicrodvdsub (MPlayer only)
              Convert the given subtitle (specified with the -sub option) to
              the MicroDVD subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.sub file in the
              current directory.

       -dumpmpsub (MPlayer only)
              Convert the given subtitle (specified with the -sub option) to
              MPlayer's subtitle format, MPsub.  Creates a dump.mpsub file in
              the current directory.

       -dumpsami (MPlayer only)
              Convert the given subtitle (specified with the -sub option) to
              the time-based SAMI subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.smi file
              in the current directory.

       -dumpsrtsub (MPlayer only)
              Convert the given subtitle (specified with the -sub option) to
              the time-based SubViewer (SRT) subtitle format.  Creates a
              dumpsub.srt file in the current directory.
              NOTE: Some broken hardware players choke on SRT subtitle files
              with Unix line endings.  If you are unlucky enough to have such
              a box, pass your subtitle files through unix2dos or a similar
              program to replace Unix line endings with DOS/Windows line
              endings.

       -dumpsub (MPlayer only) (BETA CODE)
              Dumps the subtitle substream from VOB streams.  Also see the
              -dump*sub and -vobsubout* options.

       -embeddedfonts (FreeType only)
              Enables extraction of Matroska embedded fonts (default:
              disabled).  These fonts can be used for SSA/ASS subtitle
              rendering (-ass option).  Font files are created in the
              ~/.mplayer/fonts directory.
              NOTE: With FontConfig 2.4.2 or newer, embedded fonts are opened
              directly from memory, and this option is enabled by default.

       -ffactor <number>
              Resample the font alphamap.  Can be:
                 0    plain white fonts
                 0.75 very narrow black outline (default)
                 1    narrow black outline
                 10   bold black outline

       -flip-hebrew (FriBiDi only)
              Turns on flipping subtitles using FriBiDi.

       -noflip-hebrew-commas
              Change FriBiDi's assumptions about the placements of commas in
              subtitles.  Use this if commas in subtitles are shown at the
              start of a sentence instead of at the end.

       -font <path to font.desc file, path to font (FreeType), font pattern
       (Fontconfig)>
              Search for the OSD/SUB fonts in an alternative directory
              (default for normal fonts: ~/.mplayer/font/font.desc, default
              for FreeType fonts: ~/.mplayer/subfont.ttf).
              NOTE: With FreeType, this option determines the path to the text
              font file.  With Fontconfig, this option determines the
              Fontconfig font pattern.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -font ~/.mplayer/arial-14/font.desc
                 -font ~/.mplayer/arialuni.ttf
                 -font 'Bitstream Vera Sans'
                 -font 'Bitstream Vera Sans:style=Bold'

       -fontconfig (fontconfig only)
              Enables the usage of fontconfig managed fonts.
              NOTE: By default fontconfig is used for libass-rendered
              subtitles and not used for OSD. With -fontconfig it is used for
              both libass and OSD, with -nofontconfig it is not used at all.

       -forcedsubsonly
              Display only forced subtitles for the DVD subtitle stream
              selected by e.g. -slang.

       -fribidi-charset <charset name> (FriBiDi only)
              Specifies the character set that will be passed to FriBiDi when
              decoding non-UTF-8 subtitles (default: ISO8859-8).

       -ifo <VOBsub IFO file>
              Indicate the file that will be used to load palette and frame
              size for VOBsub subtitles.

       -noautosub
              Turns off automatic subtitle file loading.

       -osd-duration <time>
              Set the duration of the OSD messages in ms (default: 1000).

       -osd-fractions <0-2>
              Set how fractions of seconds of the current timestamp are
              printed on the OSD:
                 0    Do not display fractions (default).
                 1    Show the first two decimals.
                 2    Show approximated frame count within current second.
                      This frame count is not accurate but only an
                      approximation.  For variable fps, the approximation is
                      known to be far off the correct frame count.

       -osdlevel <0-3> (MPlayer only)
              Specifies which mode the OSD should start in.
                 0    subtitles only
                 1    volume + seek (default)
                 2    volume + seek + timer + percentage
                 3    volume + seek + timer + percentage + total time

       -overlapsub
              Allows the next subtitle to be displayed while the current one
              is still visible (default is to enable the support only for
              specific formats).

       -sid <ID> (also see -slang, -vobsubid)
              Display the subtitle stream specified by <ID> (0-31).  MPlayer
              prints the available subtitle IDs when run in verbose (-v) mode.
              If you cannot select one of the subtitles on a DVD, also try
              -vobsubid.

       -nosub Disables any otherwise auto-selected internal subtitles (as e.g.
              the Matroska/mkv demuxer supports).  Use -noautosub to disable
              the loading of external subtitle files.

       -slang <language code[,language code,...]> (also see -sid)
              Specify a priority list of subtitle languages to use.  Different
              container formats employ different language codes.  DVDs use ISO
              639-1 two letter language codes, Matroska uses ISO 639-2 three
              letter language codes while OGM uses a free-form identifier.
              MPlayer prints the available languages when run in verbose (-v)
              mode.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer dvd://1 -slang hu,en
                      Chooses the Hungarian subtitle track on a DVD and falls
                      back on English if Hungarian is not available.
                 mplayer -slang jpn example.mkv
                      Plays a Matroska file with Japanese subtitles.

       -spuaa <mode>
              Antialiasing/scaling mode for DVD/VOBsub.  A value of 16 may be
              added to <mode> in order to force scaling even when original and
              scaled frame size already match.  This can be employed to e.g.
              smooth subtitles with gaussian blur.  Available modes are:
                 0    none (fastest, very ugly)
                 1    approximate (broken?)
                 2    full (slow)
                 3    bilinear (default, fast and not too bad)
                 4    uses swscaler gaussian blur (looks very good)

       -spualign <-1-2>
              Specify how SPU (DVD/VOBsub) subtitles should be aligned.
                 -1   original position
                  0   Align at top (original behavior, default).
                  1   Align at center.
                  2   Align at bottom.

       -spugauss <0.0-3.0>
              Variance parameter of gaussian used by -spuaa 4.  Higher means
              more blur (default: 1.0).

       -sub <subtitlefile1,subtitlefile2,...>
              Use/display these subtitle files.  Only one file can be
              displayed at the same time.

       -sub-bg-alpha <0-255>
              Specify the alpha channel value for subtitles and OSD
              backgrounds.  Big values mean more transparency.  0 means
              completely transparent.

       -sub-bg-color <0-255>
              Specify the color value for subtitles and OSD backgrounds.
              Currently subtitles are grayscale so this value is equivalent to
              the intensity of the color.  255 means white and 0 black.

       -sub-demuxer <[+]name> (-subfile only) (BETA CODE)
              Force subtitle demuxer type for -subfile.  Use a '+' before the
              name to force it, this will skip some checks!  Give the demuxer
              name as printed by -sub-demuxer help.  For backward
              compatibility it also accepts the demuxer ID as defined in
              subreader.h.

       -sub-fuzziness <mode>
              Adjust matching fuzziness when searching for subtitles:
                 0    exact match
                 1    Load all subs containing movie name.
                 2    Load all subs in the current and -sub-paths directories.

       -sub-no-text-pp
              Disables any kind of text post processing done after loading the
              subtitles.  Used for debug purposes.

       -subalign <0-2>
              Specify which edge of the subtitles should be aligned at the
              height given by -subpos.
                 0    Align subtitle top edge (original behavior).
                 1    Align subtitle center.
                 2    Align subtitle bottom edge (default).

       -subcc <1-4>
              Display DVD Closed Caption (CC) subtitles from the specified
              channel.  These are not the VOB subtitles, these are special
              ASCII subtitles for the hearing impaired encoded in the VOB
              userdata stream on most region 1 DVDs.  CC subtitles have not
              been spotted on DVDs from other regions so far.

       -subcp <codepage> (iconv only)
              If your system supports iconv(3), you can use this option to
              specify the subtitle codepage.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -subcp latin2
                 -subcp cp1250

       -subcp enca:<language>:<fallback codepage> (ENCA only)
              You can specify your language using a two letter language code
              to make ENCA detect the codepage automatically.  If unsure,
              enter anything and watch mplayer -v output for available
              languages.  Fallback codepage specifies the codepage to use,
              when autodetection fails.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -subcp enca:cs:latin2
                      Guess the encoding, assuming the subtitles are Czech,
                      fall back on latin 2, if the detection fails.
                 -subcp enca:pl:cp1250
                      Guess the encoding for Polish, fall back on cp1250.

       -sub-paths <path1,path2,...>
              Specify extra subtitle paths to track in the media directory.

              EXAMPLE: Assuming that /path/to/movie/movie.avi is played and
              -sub-paths sub,subtitles,/tmp/subs is specified, MPlayer
              searches for subtitle files in these directories:
                 /path/to/movie/
                 /path/to/movie/sub/
                 /path/to/movie/subtitles/
                 /tmp/subs/
                 ~/.mplayer/sub/

       -subdelay <sec>
              Delays subtitles by <sec> seconds.  Can be negative.

       -subfile <filename> (BETA CODE)
              Currently useless.  Same as -audiofile, but for subtitle streams
              (OggDS?).

       -subfont <path to font (FreeType), font pattern (Fontconfig)> (FreeType
       only)
              Sets the subtitle font (see -font).  If no -subfont is given,
              -font is used.

       -subfont-autoscale <0-3> (FreeType only)
              Sets the autoscale mode.
              NOTE: 0 means that text scale and OSD scale are font heights in
              points.

              The mode can be:

                 0    no autoscale
                 1    proportional to movie height
                 2    proportional to movie width
                 3    proportional to movie diagonal (default)

       -subfont-blur <0-8> (FreeType only)
              Sets the font blur radius (default: 2).

       -subfont-encoding <value> (FreeType only)
              Sets the font encoding.  When set to 'unicode', all the glyphs
              from the font file will be rendered and unicode will be used
              (default: unicode).

       -subfont-osd-scale <0-100> (FreeType only)
              Sets the autoscale coefficient of the OSD elements (default: 6).

       -subfont-outline <0-8> (FreeType only)
              Sets the font outline thickness (default: 2).

       -subfont-text-scale <0-100> (FreeType only)
              Sets the subtitle text autoscale coefficient as percentage of
              the screen size (default: 5).

       -subfps <rate>
              Specify the framerate of the subtitle file (default: movie fps).
              NOTE: <rate> > movie fps speeds the subtitles up for frame-based
              subtitle files and slows them down for time-based ones.

       -subpos <0-100> (useful with -vf expand)
              Specify the position of subtitles on the screen.  The value is
              the vertical position of the subtitle in % of the screen height.

       -subwidth <10-100>
              Specify the maximum width of subtitles on the screen.  Useful
              for TV-out.  The value is the width of the subtitle in % of the
              screen width.

       -noterm-osd
              Disable the display of OSD messages on the console when no video
              output is available.

       -term-osd-esc <escape sequence>
              Specify the escape sequence to use before writing an OSD message
              on the console.  The escape sequence should move the pointer to
              the beginning of the line used for the OSD and clear it
              (default: ^[[A\r^[[K).

       -unicode
              Tells MPlayer to handle the subtitle file as unicode.

       -unrarexec <path to unrar executable> (not supported on MingW)
              Specify the path to the unrar executable so MPlayer can use it
              to access rar-compressed VOBsub files (default: not set, so the
              feature is off).  The path must include the executable's
              filename, i.e. /usr/local/bin/unrar.

       -utf8
              Tells MPlayer to handle the subtitle file as UTF-8.

       -vobsub <VOBsub file without extension>
              Specify a VOBsub file to use for subtitles.  Has to be the full
              pathname without extension, i.e. without the '.idx', '.ifo' or
              '.sub'.

       -vobsubid <0-31>
              Specify the VOBsub subtitle ID.

AUDIO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)
       -abs <value> (-ao oss only) (OBSOLETE)
              Override audio driver/card buffer size detection.

       -format <format> (also see the format audio filter)
              Select the sample format used for output from the audio filter
              layer to the sound card.  The values that <format> can adopt are
              listed below in the description of the format audio filter.

       -mixer <device>
              Use a mixer device different from the default /dev/mixer.  For
              ALSA this is the mixer name.

       -mixer-channel <mixer line>[,mixer index] (-ao oss and -ao alsa only)
              This option will tell MPlayer to use a different channel for
              controlling volume than the default PCM.  Options for OSS
              include vol, pcm, line.  For a complete list of options look for
              SOUND_DEVICE_NAMES in /usr/include/linux/soundcard.h.  For ALSA
              you can use the names e.g. alsamixer displays, like Master,
              Line, PCM.
              NOTE: ALSA mixer channel names followed by a number must be
              specified in the <name,number> format, i.e. a channel labeled
              'PCM 1' in alsamixer must be converted to PCM,1.

       -softvol
              Force the use of the software mixer, instead of using the sound
              card mixer.

       -softvol-max <10.0-10000.0>
              Set the maximum amplification level in percent (default: 110).
              A value of 200 will allow you to adjust the volume up to a
              maximum of double the current level.  With values below 100 the
              initial volume (which is 100%) will be above the maximum, which
              e.g. the OSD cannot display correctly.

       -volstep <0-100>
              Set the step size of mixer volume changes in percent of the
              whole range (default: 3).

       -volume <-1-100> (also see -af volume)
              Set the startup volume in the mixer, either hardware or software
              (if used with -softvol).  A value of -1 (the default) will not
              change the volume.

AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)
       Audio output drivers are interfaces to different audio output
       facilities.  The syntax is:

       -ao <driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of audio output drivers to be used.

       If the list has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back on drivers not
       contained in the list.  Suboptions are optional and can mostly be
       omitted.
       NOTE: See -ao help for a list of compiled-in audio output drivers.

       EXAMPLE:
                 -ao alsa,oss,
                      Try the ALSA driver, then the OSS driver, then others.
                 -ao alsa:noblock:device=hw=0.3
                      Sets noblock-mode and the device-name as first card,
                      fourth device.

       Available audio output drivers are:

       alsa
              ALSA 0.9/1.x audio output driver
                 noblock
                      Sets noblock-mode.
                 device=<device>
                      Sets the device name.  Replace any ',' with '.' and any
                      ':' with '=' in the ALSA device name.  For hwac3 output
                      via S/PDIF, use an "iec958" or "spdif" device, unless
                      you really know how to set it correctly.

       alsa5
              ALSA 0.5 audio output driver

       oss
              OSS audio output driver
                 <dsp-device>
                      Sets the audio output device (default: /dev/dsp).
                 <mixer-device>
                      Sets the audio mixer device (default: /dev/mixer).
                 <mixer-channel>
                      Sets the audio mixer channel (default: pcm).

       sdl (SDL only)
              highly platform independent SDL (Simple Directmedia Layer)
              library audio output driver
                 <driver>
                      Explicitly choose the SDL audio driver to use (default:
                      let SDL choose).

       arts
              audio output through the aRts daemon

       esd
              audio output through the ESD daemon
                 <server>
                      Explicitly choose the ESD server to use (default:
                      localhost).

       jack
              audio output through JACK (Jack Audio Connection Kit)
                 port=<name>
                      Connects to the ports with the given name (default:
                      physical ports).
                 name=<client
                      Client name that is passed to JACK (default: MPlayer
                      [<PID>]).  Useful if you want to have certain
                      connections established automatically.
                 (no)estimate
                      Estimate the audio delay, supposed to make the video
                      playback smoother (default: enabled).
                 (no)autostart
                      Automatically start jackd if necessary (default:
                      disabled).  Note that this seems unreliable and will
                      spam stdout with server messages.

       nas
              audio output through NAS

       coreaudio (Mac OS X only)
              native Mac OS X audio output driver
                 device_id=<id>
                      ID of output device to use (0 = default device)
                 help List all available output devices with their IDs.

       openal
              Experimental OpenAL audio output driver

       pulse
              PulseAudio audio output driver
                 [<host>][:<output sink>]
                      Specify the host and optionally output sink to use.  An
                      empty <host> string uses a local connection, "localhost"
                      uses network transfer (most likely not what you want).

       sgi (SGI only)
              native SGI audio output driver
                 <output device name>
                      Explicitly choose the output device/interface to use
                      (default: system-wide default).  For example, 'Analog
                      Out' or 'Digital Out'.

       sun (Sun only)
              native Sun audio output driver
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the audio device to use (default:
                      /dev/audio).

       win32 (Windows only)
              native Windows waveout audio output driver

       dsound (Windows only)
              DirectX DirectSound audio output driver
                 device=<devicenum>
                      Sets the device number to use.  Playing a file with -v
                      will show a list of available devices.

       kai (OS/2 only)
              OS/2 KAI audio output driver
                 uniaud
                      Force UNIAUD mode.
                 dart Force DART mode.
                 (no)share
                      Open audio in shareable or exclusive mode.
                 bufsize=<size>
                      Set buffer size to <size> in samples (default: 2048).

       dart (OS/2 only)
              OS/2 DART audio output driver
                 (no)share
                      Open DART in shareable or exclusive mode.
                 bufsize=<size>
                      Set buffer size to <size> in samples (default: 2048).

       dxr2 (also see -dxr2) (DXR2 only)
              Creative DXR2 specific output driver

       ivtv (IVTV only)
              IVTV specific MPEG audio output driver.  Works with -ac hwmpa
              only.

       v4l2 (requires Linux 2.6.22+ kernel)
              Audio output driver for V4L2 cards with hardware MPEG decoder.

       mpegpes (DVB only)
              Audio output driver for DVB cards that writes the output to an
              MPEG-PES file if no DVB card is installed.
                 card=<1-4>
                      DVB card to use if more than one card is present.  If
                      not specified MPlayer will search the first usable card.
                 file=<filename>
                      output filename

       null
              Produces no audio output but maintains video playback speed.
              Use -nosound for benchmarking.

       pcm
              raw PCM/wave file writer audio output
                 (no)waveheader
                      Include or do not include the wave header (default:
                      included).  When not included, raw PCM will be
                      generated.
                 file=<filename>
                      Write the sound to <filename> instead of the default
                      audiodump.wav.  If nowaveheader is specified, the
                      default is audiodump.pcm.
                 fast
                      Try to dump faster than realtime.  Make sure the output
                      does not get truncated (usually with "Too many video
                      packets in buffer" message).  It is normal that you get
                      a "Your system is too SLOW to play this!" message.

       plugin
              plugin audio output driver

VIDEO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)
       -adapter <value>
              Set the graphics card that will receive the image.  You can get
              a list of available cards when you run this option with -v.
              Currently only works with the directx video output driver.

       -bpp <depth>
              Override the autodetected color depth.  Only supported by the
              fbdev, dga, svga, vesa video output drivers.

       -border
              Play movie with window border and decorations.  Since this is on
              by default, use -noborder to disable the standard window
              decorations.

       -brightness <-100-100>
              Adjust the brightness of the video signal (default: 0).  Not
              supported by all video output drivers.

       -contrast <-100-100>
              Adjust the contrast of the video signal (default: 0).  Not
              supported by all video output drivers.

       -display <name> (X11 only)
              Specify the hostname and display number of the X server you want
              to display on.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -display xtest.localdomain:0

       -dr
              Turns on direct rendering (not supported by all codecs and video
              outputs)
              WARNING: May cause OSD/SUB corruption!

       -dxr2 <option1:option2:...>
              This option is used to control the dxr2 video output driver.

                 ar-mode=<value>
                      aspect ratio mode (0 = normal, 1 = pan-and-scan, 2 =
                      letterbox (default))

                 iec958-encoded
                      Set iec958 output mode to encoded.

                 iec958-decoded
                      Set iec958 output mode to decoded (default).

                 macrovision=<value>
                      macrovision mode (0 = off (default), 1 = agc, 2 = agc 2
                      colorstripe, 3 = agc 4 colorstripe)

                 mute
                      mute sound output

                 unmute
                      unmute sound output

                 ucode=<value>
                      path to the microcode

              TV output

                 75ire
                      enable 7.5 IRE output mode

                 no75ire
                      disable 7.5 IRE output mode (default)

                 bw
                      b/w TV output

                 color
                      color TV output (default)

                 interlaced
                      interlaced TV output (default)

                 nointerlaced
                      disable interlaced TV output

                 norm=<value>
                      TV norm (ntsc (default), pal, pal60, palm, paln, palnc)

                 square-pixel
                      set pixel mode to square

                 ccir601-pixel
                      set pixel mode to ccir601

              overlay

                 cr-left=<0-500>
                      Set the left cropping value (default: 50).

                 cr-right=<0-500>
                      Set the right cropping value (default: 300).

                 cr-top=<0-500>
                      Set the top cropping value (default: 0).

                 cr-bottom=<0-500>
                      Set the bottom cropping value (default: 0).

                 ck-[r|g|b]=<0-255>
                      Set the r(ed), g(reen) or b(lue) gain of the overlay
                      color-key.

                 ck-[r|g|b]min=<0-255>
                      minimum value for the respective color key

                 ck-[r|g|b]max=<0-255>
                      maximum value for the respective color key

                 ignore-cache
                      Ignore cached overlay settings.

                 update-cache
                      Update cached overlay settings.

                 ol-osd
                      Enable overlay onscreen display.

                 nool-osd
                      Disable overlay onscreen display (default).

                 ol[h|w|x|y]-cor=<-20-20>
                      Adjust the overlay size (h,w) and position (x,y) in case
                      it does not match the window perfectly (default: 0).

                 overlay
                      Activate overlay (default).

                 nooverlay
                      Activate TV-out.

                 overlay-ratio=<1-2500>
                      Tune the overlay (default: 1000).

       -fbmode <modename> (-vo fbdev only)
              Change video mode to the one that is labeled as <modename> in
              /etc/fb.modes.
              NOTE: VESA framebuffer does not support mode changing.

       -fbmodeconfig <filename> (-vo fbdev only)
              Override framebuffer mode configuration file (default: /etc/
              fb.modes).

       -fs (also see -zoom)
              Fullscreen playback (centers movie, and paints black bands
              around it).  Not supported by all video output drivers.

       -fsmode-dontuse <0-31> (OBSOLETE, use the -fs option)
              Try this option if you still experience fullscreen problems.

       -fstype <type1,type2,...> (X11 only)
              Specify a priority list of fullscreen modes to be used.  You can
              negate the modes by prefixing them with '-'.  If you experience
              problems like the fullscreen window being covered by other
              windows try using a different order.
              NOTE: See -fstype help for a full list of available modes.

              The available types are:

                 above
                      Use the _NETWM_STATE_ABOVE hint if available.
                 below
                      Use the _NETWM_STATE_BELOW hint if available.
                 fullscreen
                      Use the _NETWM_STATE_FULLSCREEN hint if available.
                 layer
                      Use the _WIN_LAYER hint with the default layer.
                 layer=<0...15>
                      Use the _WIN_LAYER hint with the given layer number.
                 netwm
                      Force NETWM style.
                 none
                      Clear the list of modes; you can add modes to enable
                      afterward.
                 stays_on_top
                      Use _NETWM_STATE_STAYS_ON_TOP hint if available.

              EXAMPLE:
                 layer,stays_on_top,above,fullscreen
                      Default order, will be used as a fallback if incorrect
                      or unsupported modes are specified.
                 -fullscreen
                      Fixes fullscreen switching on OpenBox 1.x.

       -geometry x[%][:y[%]] or [WxH][+-x+-y]
              Adjust where the output is on the screen initially.  The x and y
              specifications are in pixels measured from the top-left of the
              screen to the top-left of the image being displayed, however if
              a percentage sign is given after the argument it turns the value
              into a percentage of the screen size in that direction.  It also
              supports the standard X11 -geometry option format, in which e.g.
              +10-50 means "place 10 pixels from the left border and 50 pixels
              from the lower border" and "--20+-10" means "place 20 pixels
              beyond the right and 10 pixels beyond the top border".  If an
              external window is specified using the -wid option, then the x
              and y coordinates are relative to the top-left corner of the
              window rather than the screen.  The coordinates are relative to
              the screen given with -xineramascreen for the video output
              drivers that fully support -xineramascreen (direct3d, gl, gl2,
              vdpau, x11, xv, xvmc, corevideo).
              NOTE: This option is only supported by the x11, xmga, xv, xvmc,
              xvidix, gl, gl2, directx, fbdev, tdfxfb and corevideo video
              output drivers.

              EXAMPLE:
                 50:40
                      Places the window at x=50, y=40.
                 50%:50%
                      Places the window in the middle of the screen.
                 100%
                      Places the window at the middle of the right edge of the
                      screen.
                 100%:100%
                      Places the window at the bottom right corner of the
                      screen.

       -guiwid <window ID> (also see -wid) (GUI only)
              This tells the GUI to also use an X11 window and stick itself to
              the bottom of the video, which is useful to embed a mini-GUI in
              a browser (with the MPlayer plugin for instance).

       -hue <-100-100>
              Adjust the hue of the video signal (default: 0).  You can get a
              colored negative of the image with this option.  Not supported
              by all video output drivers.

       -monitor-dotclock <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
              Specify the dotclock or pixelclock range of the monitor.

       -monitor-hfreq <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
              Specify the horizontal frequency range of the monitor.

       -monitor-vfreq <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
              Specify the vertical frequency range of the monitor.

       -monitoraspect <ratio> (also see -aspect)
              Set the aspect ratio of your monitor or TV screen.  A value of 0
              disables a previous setting (e.g. in the config file).
              Overrides the -monitorpixelaspect setting if enabled.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -monitoraspect 4:3  or 1.3333
                 -monitoraspect 16:9 or 1.7777

       -monitorpixelaspect <ratio> (also see -aspect)
              Set the aspect of a single pixel of your monitor or TV screen
              (default: 1).  A value of 1 means square pixels (correct for
              (almost?) all LCDs).

       -name (X11 only)
              Set the window class name.

       -nodouble
              Disables double buffering, mostly for debugging purposes.
              Double buffering fixes flicker by storing two frames in memory,
              and displaying one while decoding another.  It can affect OSD
              negatively, but often removes OSD flickering.

       -nograbpointer
              Do not grab the mouse pointer after a video mode change (-vm).
              Useful for multihead setups.

       -nokeepaspect
              Do not keep window aspect ratio when resizing windows.  Only
              works with the x11, xv, xmga, xvidix, directx video output
              drivers.  Furthermore under X11 your window manager has to honor
              window aspect hints.

       -ontop
              Makes the player window stay on top of other windows.  Supported
              by video output drivers which use X11, except SDL, as well as
              directx, corevideo, quartz, ggi and gl2.

       -panscan <0.0-1.0>
              Enables pan-and-scan functionality (cropping the sides of e.g. a
              16:9 movie to make it fit a 4:3 display without black bands).
              The range controls how much of the image is cropped.  Only works
              with the xv, xmga, mga, gl, gl2, quartz, corevideo and xvidix
              video output drivers.
              NOTE: Values between -1 and 0 are allowed as well, but highly
              experimental and may crash or worse.  Use at your own risk!

       -panscanrange <-19.0-99.0> (experimental)
              Change the range of the pan-and-scan functionality (default: 1).
              Positive values mean multiples of the default range.  Negative
              numbers mean you can zoom in up to a factor of -panscanrange+1.
              E.g. -panscanrange -3 allows a zoom factor of up to 4.  This
              feature is experimental.  Do not report bugs unless you are
              using -vo gl.

       -refreshrate <Hz>
              Set the monitor refreshrate in Hz.  Currently only supported by
              -vo directx combined with the -vm option.

       -rootwin
              Play movie in the root window (desktop background).  Desktop
              background images may cover the movie window, though.  Only
              works with the x11, xv, xmga, xvidix, quartz, corevideo and
              directx video output drivers.

       -saturation <-100-100>
              Adjust the saturation of the video signal (default: 0).  You can
              get grayscale output with this option.  Not supported by all
              video output drivers.

       -screenh <pixels>
              Specify the screen height for video output drivers which do not
              know the screen resolution like fbdev, x11 and TV-out.

       -screenw <pixels>
              Specify the screen width for video output drivers which do not
              know the screen resolution like fbdev, x11 and TV-out.

       -stop-xscreensaver (X11 only)
              Turns off xscreensaver at startup and turns it on again on exit.
              If your screensaver supports neither the XSS nor
              XResetScreenSaver API please use -heartbeat-cmd instead.

       -title (also see -use-filename-title)
              Set the window title.  Supported by X11-based video output
              drivers.

       -use-filename-title (also see -title)
              Set the window title using the media filename, when not set with
              -title.  Supported by X11-based video output drivers.

       -vm
              Try to change to a different video mode.  Supported by the dga,
              x11, xv, sdl and directx video output drivers.  If used with the
              directx video output driver the -screenw, -screenh, -bpp and
              -refreshrate options can be used to set the new display mode.

       -vsync
              Enables VBI for the vesa, dfbmga and svga video output drivers.

       -wid <window ID> (also see -guiwid) (X11, OpenGL and DirectX only)
              This tells MPlayer to attach to an existing window.  Useful to
              embed MPlayer in a browser (e.g. the plugger extension).  This
              option fills the given window completely, thus aspect scaling,
              panscan, etc are no longer handled by MPlayer but must be
              managed by the application that created the window.

       -xineramascreen <-2-...>
              In Xinerama configurations (i.e. a single desktop that spans
              across multiple displays) this option tells MPlayer which screen
              to display the movie on.  A value of -2 means fullscreen across
              the whole virtual display (in this case Xinerama information is
              completely ignored), -1 means fullscreen on the display the
              window currently is on.  The initial position set via the
              -geometry option is relative to the specified screen.  Will
              usually only work with "-fstype -fullscreen" or "-fstype none".
              This option is not suitable to only set the startup screen
              (because it will always display on the given screen in
              fullscreen mode), -geometry is the best that is available for
              that purpose currently.  Supported by at least the direct3d, gl,
              gl2, x11, xv and corevideo video output drivers.

       -zrbw (-vo zr only)
              Display in black and white.  For optimal performance, this can
              be combined with '-lavdopts gray'.

       -zrcrop <[width]x[height]+[x offset]+[y offset]> (-vo zr only)
              Select a part of the input image to display, multiple
              occurrences of this option switch on cinerama mode.  In cinerama
              mode the movie is distributed over more than one TV (or beamer)
              to create a larger image.  Options appearing after the n-th
              -zrcrop apply to the n-th MJPEG card, each card should at least
              have a -zrdev in addition to the -zrcrop.  For examples, see the
              output of -zrhelp and the Zr section of the documentation.

       -zrdev <device> (-vo zr only)
              Specify the device special file that belongs to your MJPEG card,
              by default the zr video output driver takes the first v4l device
              it can find.

       -zrfd (-vo zr only)
              Force decimation: Decimation, as specified by -zrhdec and
              -zrvdec, only happens if the hardware scaler can stretch the
              image to its original size.  Use this option to force
              decimation.

       -zrhdec <1|2|4> (-vo zr only)
              Horizontal decimation: Ask the driver to send only every 2nd or
              4th line/pixel of the input image to the MJPEG card and use the
              scaler of the MJPEG card to stretch the image to its original
              size.

       -zrhelp (-vo zr only)
              Display a list of all -zr* options, their default values and a
              cinerama mode example.

       -zrnorm <norm> (-vo zr only)
              Specify the TV norm as PAL or NTSC (default: no change).

       -zrquality <1-20> (-vo zr only)
              A number from 1 (best) to 20 (worst) representing the JPEG
              encoding quality.

       -zrvdec <1|2|4> (-vo zr only)
              Vertical decimation: Ask the driver to send only every 2nd or
              4th line/pixel of the input image to the MJPEG card and use the
              scaler of the MJPEG card to stretch the image to its original
              size.

       -zrxdoff <x display offset> (-vo zr only)
              If the movie is smaller than the TV screen, this option
              specifies the x offset from the upper-left corner of the TV
              screen (default: centered).

       -zrydoff <y display offset> (-vo zr only)
              If the movie is smaller than the TV screen, this option
              specifies the y offset from the upper-left corner of the TV
              screen (default: centered).

VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)
       Video output drivers are interfaces to different video output
       facilities.  The syntax is:

       -vo <driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of video output drivers to be used.

       If the list has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back on drivers not
       contained in the list.  Suboptions are optional and can mostly be
       omitted.
       NOTE: See -vo help for a list of compiled-in video output drivers.

       EXAMPLE:
                 -vo xmga,xv,
                      Try the Matrox X11 driver, then the Xv driver, then
                      others.
                 -vo directx:noaccel
                      Uses the DirectX driver with acceleration features
                      turned off.

       Available video output drivers are:

       xv (X11 only)
              Uses the XVideo extension of XFree86 4.x to enable hardware
              accelerated playback.  If you cannot use a hardware specific
              driver, this is probably the best option.  For information about
              what colorkey is used and how it is drawn run MPlayer with -v
              option and look out for the lines tagged with [xv common] at the
              beginning.
                 adaptor=<number>
                      Select a specific XVideo adaptor (check xvinfo results).
                 port=<number>
                      Select a specific XVideo port.
                 ck=<cur|use|set>
                      Select the source from which the colorkey is taken
                      (default: cur).
                         cur  The default takes the colorkey currently set in
                              Xv.
                         use  Use but do not set the colorkey from MPlayer
                              (use -colorkey option to change it).
                         set  Same as use but also sets the supplied colorkey.
                 ck-method=<man|bg|auto>
                      Sets the colorkey drawing method (default: man).
                         man  Draw the colorkey manually (reduces flicker in
                              some cases).
                         bg   Set the colorkey as window background.
                         auto Let Xv draw the colorkey.

       x11 (X11 only)
              Shared memory video output driver without hardware acceleration
              that works whenever X11 is present.

       xover (X11 only)
              Adds X11 support to all overlay based video output drivers.
              Currently only supported by tdfx_vid.
                 <vo_driver>
                      Select the driver to use as source to overlay on top of
                      X11.

       vdpau (with -vc ffmpeg12vdpau, ffwmv3vdpau, ffvc1vdpau, ffh264vdpau or
       ffodivxvdpau)
              Video output that uses VDPAU to decode video via hardware.  Also
              supports displaying of software-decoded video.
                 sharpen=<-1-1>
                      For positive values, apply a sharpening algorithm to the
                      video, for negative values a blurring algorithm
                      (default: 0).
                 denoise=<0-1>
                      Apply a noise reduction algorithm to the video (default:
                      0, no noise reduction).
                 deint=<0-4>
                      Select the deinterlacer (default: 0).  All modes > 0
                      respect -field-dominance.
                         0    no deinterlacing
                         1    Show only first field, similar to -vf field.
                         2    Bob deinterlacing, similar to -vf tfields=1.
                         3    motion adaptive temporal deinterlacing May lead
                              to A/V desync with slow video hardware and/or
                              high resolution.  This is the default if "D" is
                              used to enable deinterlacing.
                         4    motion adaptive temporal deinterlacing with
                              edge-guided spatial interpolation Needs fast
                              video hardware.
                 chroma-deint
                      Makes temporal deinterlacers operate both on luma and
                      chroma (default).  Use nochroma-deint to solely use luma
                      and speed up advanced deinterlacing.  Useful with slow
                      video memory.
                 pullup
                      Try to skip deinterlacing for progressive frames, useful
                      for watching telecined content, needs fast video
                      hardware for high resolutions.  Only works with motion
                      adaptive temporal deinterlacing.
                 colorspace
                      Select the color space for YUV to RGB conversion.  In
                      general BT.601 should be used for standard definition
                      (SD) content and BT.709 for high definition (HD)
                      content.  Using incorrect color space results in
                      slightly under or over saturated and shifted colors.
                         0    Guess the color space based on video resolution.
                              Video with width >= 1280 or height > 576 is
                              assumed to be HD and BT.709 color space will be
                              used.
                         1    Use ITU-R BT.601 color space (default).
                         2    Use ITU-R BT.709 color space.
                         3    Use SMPTE-240M color space.
                 hqscaling
                         0    Use default VDPAU scaling (default).
                         1-9  Apply high quality VDPAU scaling (needs capable
                              hardware).
                 force-mixer
                      Forces the use of the VDPAU mixer, which implements all
                      above options (default).  Use noforce-mixer to allow
                      displaying BGRA colorspace.  (Disables all above options
                      and the hardware equalizer if image format BGRA is
                      actually used.)

       xvmc (X11 with -vc ffmpeg12mc only)
              Video output driver that uses the XvMC (X Video Motion
              Compensation) extension of XFree86 4.x to speed up MPEG-1/2 and
              VCR2 decoding.
                 adaptor=<number>
                      Select a specific XVideo adaptor (check xvinfo results).
                 port=<number>
                      Select a specific XVideo port.
                 (no)benchmark
                      Disables image display.  Necessary for proper
                      benchmarking of drivers that change image buffers on
                      monitor retrace only (nVidia).  Default is not to
                      disable image display (nobenchmark).
                 (no)bobdeint
                      Very simple deinterlacer.  Might not look better than
                      -vf tfields=1, but it is the only deinterlacer for xvmc
                      (default: nobobdeint).
                 (no)queue
                      Queue frames for display to allow more parallel work of
                      the video hardware.  May add a small (not noticeable)
                      constant A/V desync (default: noqueue).
                 (no)sleep
                      Use sleep function while waiting for rendering to finish
                      (not recommended on Linux) (default: nosleep).
                 ck=cur|use|set
                      Same as -vo xv:ck (see -vo xv).
                 ck-method=man|bg|auto
                      Same as -vo xv:ck-method (see -vo xv).

       dga (X11 only)
              Play video through the XFree86 Direct Graphics Access extension.
              Considered obsolete.

       sdl (SDL only, buggy/outdated)
              Highly platform independent SDL (Simple Directmedia Layer)
              library video output driver.  Since SDL uses its own X11 layer,
              MPlayer X11 options do not have any effect on SDL.  Note that it
              has several minor bugs (-vm/-novm is mostly ignored, -fs behaves
              like -novm should, window is in top-left corner when returning
              from fullscreen, panscan is not supported, ...).
                 driver=<driver>
                      Explicitly choose the SDL driver to use.
                 (no)forcexv
                      Use XVideo through the sdl video output driver (default:
                      forcexv).
                 (no)hwaccel
                      Use hardware accelerated scaler (default: hwaccel).

       vidix
              VIDIX (VIDeo Interface for *niX) is an interface to the video
              acceleration features of different graphics cards.  Very fast
              video output driver on cards that support it.
                 <subdevice>
                      Explicitly choose the VIDIX subdevice driver to use.
                      Available subdevice drivers are cyberblade, ivtv,
                      mach64, mga_crtc2, mga, nvidia, pm2, pm3, radeon,
                      rage128, s3, sh_veu, sis_vid and unichrome.

       xvidix (X11 only)
              X11 frontend for VIDIX
                 <subdevice>
                      same as vidix

       cvidix
              Generic and platform independent VIDIX frontend, can even run in
              a text console with nVidia cards.
                 <subdevice>
                      same as vidix

       winvidix (Windows only)
              Windows frontend for VIDIX
                 <subdevice>
                      same as vidix

       direct3d (Windows only) (BETA CODE!)
              Video output driver that uses the Direct3D interface (useful for
              Vista).

       directx (Windows only)
              Video output driver that uses the DirectX interface.
                 noaccel
                      Turns off hardware acceleration.  Try this option if you
                      have display problems.

       kva (OS/2 only)
              Video output driver that uses the libkva interface.
                 snap Force SNAP mode.
                 wo   Force WarpOverlay! mode.
                 dive Force DIVE mode.
                 (no)t23
                      Enable or disable workaround for T23 laptop (default:
                      disabled).  Try to enable this option if your video card
                      supports upscaling only.

       quartz (Mac OS X only)
              Mac OS X Quartz video output driver.  Under some circumstances,
              it might be more efficient to force a packed YUV output format,
              with e.g. -vf format=yuy2.
                 device_id=<number>
                      Choose the display device to use in fullscreen.
                 fs_res=<width>:<height>
                      Specify the fullscreen resolution (useful on slow
                      systems).

       corevideo (Mac OS X 10.4 or 10.3.9 with QuickTime 7)
              Mac OS X CoreVideo video output driver
                 device_id=<number>
                      Choose the display device to use for fullscreen or set
                      it to -1 to always use the same screen the video window
                      is on (default: -1 - auto).
                 shared_buffer
                      Write output to a shared memory buffer instead of
                      displaying it and try to open an existing NSConnection
                      for communication with a GUI.
                 buffer_name=<name>
                      Name of the shared buffer created with shm_open as well
                      as the name of the NSConnection MPlayer will try to open
                      (default: "mplayerosx").  Setting buffer_name implicitly
                      enables shared_buffer.

       fbdev (Linux only)
              Uses the kernel framebuffer to play video.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (e.g.
                      /dev/fb0) or the name of the VIDIX subdevice if the
                      device name starts with 'vidix' (e.g. 'vidixsis_vid' for
                      the sis driver).

       fbdev2 (Linux only)
              Uses the kernel framebuffer to play video, alternative
              implementation.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (default:
                      /dev/fb0).

       vesa
              Very general video output driver that should work on any VESA
              VBE 2.0 compatible card.
                 (no)dga
                      Turns DGA mode on or off (default: on).
                 neotv_pal
                      Activate the NeoMagic TV out and set it to PAL norm.
                 neotv_ntsc
                      Activate the NeoMagic TV out and set it to NTSC norm.
                 vidix
                      Use the VIDIX driver.
                 lvo:
                      Activate the Linux Video Overlay on top of VESA mode.

       svga
              Play video using the SVGA library.
                 <video mode>
                      Specify video mode to use.  The mode can be given in a
                      <width>x<height>x<colors> format, e.g. 640x480x16M or be
                      a graphics mode number, e.g. 84.
                 bbosd
                      Draw OSD into black bands below the movie (slower).
                 native
                      Use only native drawing functions.  This avoids direct
                      rendering, OSD and hardware acceleration.
                 retrace
                      Force frame switch on vertical retrace.  Usable only
                      with -double.  It has the same effect as the -vsync
                      option.
                 sq
                      Try to select a video mode with square pixels.
                 vidix
                      Use svga with VIDIX.

       gl
              OpenGL video output driver, simple version.  Video size must be
              smaller than the maximum texture size of your OpenGL
              implementation.  Intended to work even with the most basic
              OpenGL implementations, but also makes use of newer extensions,
              which allow support for more colorspaces and direct rendering.
              For optimal speed try adding the options
              -dr -noslices
              The code performs very few checks, so if a feature does not
              work, this might be because it is not supported by your
              card/OpenGL implementation even if you do not get any error
              message.  Use glxinfo or a similar tool to display the supported
              OpenGL extensions.
                 (no)ati-hack
                      ATI drivers may give a corrupted image when PBOs are
                      used (when using -dr or force-pbo).  This option fixes
                      this, at the expense of using a bit more memory.
                 (no)force-pbo
                      Always uses PBOs to transfer textures even if this
                      involves an extra copy.  Currently this gives a little
                      extra speed with NVidia drivers and a lot more speed
                      with ATI drivers.  May need -noslices and the ati-hack
                      suboption to work correctly.
                 (no)scaled-osd
                      Changes the way the OSD behaves when the size of the
                      window changes (default: disabled).  When enabled
                      behaves more like the other video output drivers, which
                      is better for fixed-size fonts.  Disabled looks much
                      better with FreeType fonts and uses the borders in
                      fullscreen mode.  Does not work correctly with ass
                      subtitles (see -ass), you can instead render them
                      without OpenGL support via -vf ass.
                 osdcolor=<0xAARRGGBB>
                      Color for OSD (default: 0x00ffffff, corresponds to non-
                      transparent white).
                 rectangle=<0,1,2>
                      Select usage of rectangular textures which saves video
                      RAM, but often is slower (default: 0).
                         0: Use power-of-two textures (default).
                         1: Use the GL_ARB_texture_rectangle extension.
                         2: Use the GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two extension.
                         In some cases only supported in software and thus
                         very slow.
                 swapinterval=<n>
                      Minimum interval between two buffer swaps, counted in
                      displayed frames (default: 1).  1 is equivalent to
                      enabling VSYNC, 0 to disabling VSYNC.  Values below 0
                      will leave it at the system default.  This limits the
                      framerate to (horizontal refresh rate / n).  Requires
                      GLX_SGI_swap_control support to work.  With some
                      (most/all?) implementations this only works in
                      fullscreen mode.
                 ycbcr
                      Use the GL_MESA_ycbcr_texture extension to convert YUV
                      to RGB.  In most cases this is probably slower than
                      doing software conversion to RGB.
                 yuv=<n>
                      Select the type of YUV to RGB conversion.  The default
                      is auto-detection deciding between values 0 and 2.
                         0: Use software conversion.  Compatible with all
                         OpenGL versions.  Provides brightness, contrast and
                         saturation control.
                         1: Use register combiners.  This uses an nVidia-
                         specific extension (GL_NV_register_combiners).  At
                         least three texture units are needed.  Provides
                         saturation and hue control.  This method is fast but
                         inexact.
                         2: Use a fragment program.  Needs the
                         GL_ARB_fragment_program extension and at least three
                         texture units.  Provides brightness, contrast,
                         saturation and hue control.
                         3: Use a fragment program using the POW instruction.
                         Needs the GL_ARB_fragment_program extension and at
                         least three texture units.  Provides brightness,
                         contrast, saturation, hue and gamma control.  Gamma
                         can also be set independently for red, green and
                         blue.  Method 4 is usually faster.
                         4: Use a fragment program with additional lookup.
                         Needs the GL_ARB_fragment_program extension and at
                         least four texture units.  Provides brightness,
                         contrast, saturation, hue and gamma control.  Gamma
                         can also be set independently for red, green and
                         blue.
                         5: Use ATI-specific method (for older cards).  This
                         uses an ATI-specific extension
                         (GL_ATI_fragment_shader - not
                         GL_ARB_fragment_shader!).  At least three texture
                         units are needed.  Provides saturation and hue
                         control.  This method is fast but inexact.
                         6: Use a 3D texture to do conversion via lookup.
                         Needs the GL_ARB_fragment_program extension and at
                         least four texture units.  Extremely slow (software
                         emulation) on some (all?) ATI cards since it uses a
                         texture with border pixels.  Provides brightness,
                         contrast, saturation, hue and gamma control.  Gamma
                         can also be set independently for red, green and
                         blue.  Speed depends more on GPU memory bandwidth
                         than other methods.
                 colorspace
                      Select the color space for YUV to RGB conversion.
                         0    Use the formula used normally by MPlayer
                              (default).
                         1    Use ITU-R BT.601 color space.
                         2    Use ITU-R BT.709 color space.
                         3    Use SMPTE-240M color space.
                 levelconv=<n>
                      Select the brightness level conversion to use for the
                      YUV to RGB conversion
                         0    Convert TV to PC levels (default).
                         1    Convert PC to TV levels.
                         2    Do not do any conversion.
                 lscale=<n>
                      Select the scaling function to use for luminance
                      scaling.  Only valid for yuv modes 2, 3, 4 and 6.
                         0: Use simple linear filtering (default).
                         1: Use bicubic B-spline filtering (better quality).
                         Needs one additional texture unit.  Older cards will
                         not be able to handle this for chroma at least in
                         fullscreen mode.
                         2: Use cubic filtering in horizontal, linear
                         filtering in vertical direction.  Works on a few more
                         cards than method 1.
                         3: Same as 1 but does not use a lookup texture.
                         Might be faster on some cards.
                         4: Use experimental unsharp masking with 3x3 support
                         and a default strength of 0.5 (see filter-strength).
                         5: Use experimental unsharp masking with 5x5 support
                         and a default strength of 0.5 (see filter-strength).
                 cscale=<n>
                      Select the scaling function to use for chrominance
                      scaling.  For details see lscale.
                 filter-strength=<value>
                      Set the effect strength for the lscale/cscale filters
                      that support it.
                 stereo=<value>
                      Select a method for stereo display.  You may have to use
                      -aspect to fix the aspect value.  Experimental, do not
                      expect too much from it.
                         0: Normal 2D display
                         1: left-right split input to full-color red-cyan
                         stereo.
                         2: left-right split input to full-color red-cyan
                         stereo.
                         3: left-right split input to quadbuffered stereo.
                         Only supported by very few OpenGL cards.

              The following options are only useful if writing your own
              fragment programs.

                 customprog=<filename>
                      Load a custom fragment program from <filename>.  See
                      TOOLS/edgedect.fp for an example.
                 customtex=<filename>
                      Load a custom "gamma ramp" texture from <filename>.
                      This can be used in combination with yuv=4 or with the
                      customprog option.
                 (no)customtlin
                      If enabled (default) use GL_LINEAR interpolation,
                      otherwise use GL_NEAREST for customtex texture.
                 (no)customtrect
                      If enabled, use texture_rectangle for customtex texture.
                      Default is disabled.
                 (no)mipmapgen
                      If enabled, mipmaps for the video are automatically
                      generated.  This should be useful together with the
                      customprog and the TXB instruction to implement blur
                      filters with a large radius.  For most OpenGL
                      implementations this is very slow for any non-RGB
                      formats.  Default is disabled.

              Normally there is no reason to use the following options, they
              mostly exist for testing purposes.

                 (no)glfinish
                      Call glFinish() before swapping buffers.  Slower but in
                      some cases more correct output (default: disabled).
                 (no)manyfmts
                      Enables support for more (RGB and BGR) color formats
                      (default: enabled).  Needs OpenGL version >= 1.2.
                 slice-height=<0-...>
                      Number of lines copied to texture in one piece (default:
                      0).  0 for whole image.
                      NOTE: If YUV colorspace is used (see yuv suboption),
                      special rules apply:
                         If the decoder uses slice rendering (see -noslices),
                         this setting has no effect, the size of the slices as
                         provided by the decoder is used.
                         If the decoder does not use slice rendering, the
                         default is 16.
                 (no)osd
                      Enable or disable support for OSD rendering via OpenGL
                      (default: enabled).  This option is for testing; to
                      disable the OSD use -osdlevel 0 instead.
                 (no)aspect
                      Enable or disable aspect scaling and pan-and-scan
                      support (default: enabled).  Disabling might increase
                      speed.

       gl2
              Variant of the OpenGL video output driver.  Supports videos
              larger than the maximum texture size but lacks many of the
              advanced features and optimizations of the gl driver and is
              unlikely to be extended further.
                 (no)glfinish
                      same as gl (default: enabled)
                 yuv=<n>
                      Select the type of YUV to RGB conversion.  If set to
                      anything except 0 OSD will be disabled and brightness,
                      contrast and gamma setting is only available via the
                      global X server settings.  Apart from this the values
                      have the same meaning as for -vo gl.

       matrixview
              OpenGL-based renderer creating a Matrix-like running-text
              effect.
                 cols=<n>
                      Number of text columns to display.  Very low values (<
                      16) will probably fail due to scaler limitations.
                      Values not divisible by 16 may cause issues as well.
                 rows=<n>
                      Number of text rows to display.  Very low values (< 16)
                      will probably fail due to scaler limitations.  Values
                      not divisible by 16 may cause issues as well.

       null
              Produces no video output.  Useful for benchmarking.

       aa
              ASCII art video output driver that works on a text console.
              NOTE: The driver does not handle -aspect correctly.
              HINT: You probably have to specify -monitorpixelaspect.  Try
              'mplayer -vo aa -monitorpixelaspect 0.5'.

       caca
              Color ASCII art video output driver that works on a text
              console.

       bl
              Video playback using the Blinkenlights UDP protocol.  This
              driver is highly hardware specific.
                 <subdevice>
                      Explicitly choose the Blinkenlights subdevice driver to
                      use.  It is something like arcade:host=localhost:2323 or
                      hdl:file=name1,file=name2.  You must specify a
                      subdevice.

       ggi
              GGI graphics system video output driver
                 <driver>
                      Explicitly choose the GGI driver to use.  Replace any
                      ',' that would appear in the driver string by a '.'.

       directfb
              Play video using the DirectFB library.
                 (no)input
                      Use the DirectFB instead of the MPlayer keyboard code
                      (default: enabled).
                 buffermode=single|double|triple
                      Double and triple buffering give best results if you
                      want to avoid tearing issues.  Triple buffering is more
                      efficient than double buffering as it does not block
                      MPlayer while waiting for the vertical retrace.  Single
                      buffering should be avoided (default: single).
                 fieldparity=top|bottom
                      Control the output order for interlaced frames (default:
                      disabled).  Valid values are top = top fields first,
                      bottom = bottom fields first.  This option does not have
                      any effect on progressive film material like most MPEG
                      movies are.  You need to enable this option if you have
                      tearing issues or unsmooth motions watching interlaced
                      film material.
                 layer=N
                      Will force layer with ID N for playback (default: -1 -
                      auto).
                 dfbopts=<list>
                      Specify a parameter list for DirectFB.

       dfbmga
              Matrox G400/G450/G550 specific video output driver that uses the
              DirectFB library to make use of special hardware features.
              Enables CRTC2 (second head), displaying video independently of
              the first head.
                 (no)input
                      same as directfb (default: disabled)
                 buffermode=single|double|triple
                      same as directfb (default: triple)
                 fieldparity=top|bottom
                      same as directfb
                 (no)bes
                      Enable the use of the Matrox BES (backend scaler)
                      (default: disabled).  Gives very good results concerning
                      speed and output quality as interpolated picture
                      processing is done in hardware.  Works only on the
                      primary head.
                 (no)spic
                      Make use of the Matrox sub picture layer to display the
                      OSD (default: enabled).
                 (no)crtc2
                      Turn on TV-out on the second head (default: enabled).
                      The output quality is amazing as it is a full interlaced
                      picture with proper sync to every odd/even field.
                 tvnorm=pal|ntsc|auto
                      Will set the TV norm of the Matrox card without the need
                      for modifying /etc/directfbrc (default: disabled).
                      Valid norms are pal = PAL, ntsc = NTSC.  Special norm is
                      auto (auto-adjust using PAL/NTSC) because it decides
                      which norm to use by looking at the framerate of the
                      movie.

       mga (Linux only)
              Matrox specific video output driver that makes use of the YUV
              back end scaler on Gxxx cards through a kernel module.  If you
              have a Matrox card, this is the fastest option.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the Matrox device name to use
                      (default: /dev/mga_vid).

       xmga (Linux, X11 only)
              The mga video output driver, running in an X11 window.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the Matrox device name to use
                      (default: /dev/mga_vid).

       s3fb (Linux only) (also see -dr)
              S3 Virge specific video output driver.  This driver supports the
              card's YUV conversion and scaling, double buffering and direct
              rendering features.  Use -vf format=yuy2 to get hardware-
              accelerated YUY2 rendering, which is much faster than YV12 on
              this card.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (default:
                      /dev/fb0).

       wii (Linux only)
              Nintendo Wii/GameCube specific video output driver.

       3dfx (Linux only)
              3dfx-specific video output driver that directly uses the
              hardware on top of X11.  Only 16 bpp are supported.

       tdfxfb (Linux only)
              This driver employs the tdfxfb framebuffer driver to play movies
              with YUV acceleration on 3dfx cards.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (default:
                      /dev/fb0).

       tdfx_vid (Linux only)
              3dfx-specific video output driver that works in combination with
              the tdfx_vid kernel module.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the device name to use (default: /dev/
                      tdfx_vid).

       dxr2 (also see -dxr2) (DXR2 only)
              Creative DXR2 specific video output driver.
                 <vo_driver>
                      Output video subdriver to use as overlay (x11, xv).

       dxr3 (DXR3 only)
              Sigma Designs em8300 MPEG decoder chip (Creative DXR3, Sigma
              Designs Hollywood Plus) specific video output driver.  Also see
              the lavc video filter.
                 overlay
                      Activates the overlay instead of TV-out.
                 prebuf
                      Turns on prebuffering.
                 sync
                      Will turn on the new sync-engine.
                 norm=<norm>
                      Specifies the TV norm.
                         0: Does not change current norm (default).
                         1: Auto-adjust using PAL/NTSC.
                         2: Auto-adjust using PAL/PAL-60.
                         3: PAL
                         4: PAL-60
                         5: NTSC
                 <0-3>
                      Specifies the device number to use if you have more than
                      one em8300 card.

       ivtv (IVTV only)
              Conexant CX23415 (iCompression iTVC15) or Conexant CX23416
              (iCompression iTVC16) MPEG decoder chip (Hauppauge WinTV
              PVR-150/250/350/500) specific video output driver for TV-out.
              Also see the lavc video filter.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the MPEG decoder device name to use
                      (default: /dev/video16).
                 <output>
                      Explicitly choose the TV-out output to be used for the
                      video signal.

       v4l2 (requires Linux 2.6.22+ kernel)
              Video output driver for V4L2 compliant cards with built-in
              hardware MPEG decoder.  Also see the lavc video filter.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the MPEG decoder device name to use
                      (default: /dev/video16).
                 <output>
                      Explicitly choose the TV-out output to be used for the
                      video signal.

       mpegpes (DVB only)
              Video output driver for DVB cards that writes the output to an
              MPEG-PES file if no DVB card is installed.
                 card=<1-4>
                      Specifies the device number to use if you have more than
                      one DVB output card (V3 API only, such as 1.x.y series
                      drivers).  If not specified MPlayer will search the
                      first usable card.
                 <filename>
                      output filename (default: ./grab.mpg)

       zr (also see -zr* and -zrhelp)
              Video output driver for a number of MJPEG capture/playback
              cards.

       zr2 (also see the zrmjpeg video filter)
              Video output driver for a number of MJPEG capture/playback
              cards, second generation.
                 dev=<device>
                      Specifies the video device to use.
                 norm=<PAL|NTSC|SECAM|auto>
                      Specifies the video norm to use (default: auto).
                 (no)prebuf
                      (De)Activate prebuffering, not yet supported.

       md5sum
              Calculate MD5 sums of each frame and write them to a file.
              Supports RGB24 and YV12 colorspaces.  Useful for debugging.
                 outfile=<value>
                      Specify the output filename (default: ./md5sums).

       yuv4mpeg
              Transforms the video stream into a sequence of uncompressed YUV
              4:2:0 images and stores it in a file (default: ./stream.yuv).
              The format is the same as the one employed by mjpegtools, so
              this is useful if you want to process the video with the
              mjpegtools suite.  It supports the YV12 format.  If your source
              file has a different format and is interlaced, make sure to use
              -vf scale=::1 to ensure the conversion uses interlaced mode.
              You can combine it with the -fixed-vo option to concatenate
              files with the same dimensions and fps value.
                 interlaced
                      Write the output as interlaced frames, top field first.
                 interlaced_bf
                      Write the output as interlaced frames, bottom field
                      first.
                 file=<filename>
                      Write the output to <filename> instead of the default
                      stream.yuv.

              NOTE: If you do not specify any option the output is progressive
              (i.e. not interlaced).

       gif89a
              Output each frame into a single animated GIF file in the current
              directory.  It supports only RGB format with 24 bpp and the
              output is converted to 256 colors.
                 <fps>
                      Float value to specify framerate (default: 5.0).
                 <output>
                      Specify the output filename (default: ./out.gif).

              NOTE: You must specify the framerate before the filename or the
              framerate will be part of the filename.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer video.nut -vo gif89a:fps=15:output=test.gif

       jpeg
              Output each frame into a JPEG file in the current directory.
              Each file takes the frame number padded with leading zeros as
              name.
                 [no]progressive
                      Specify standard or progressive JPEG (default:
                      noprogressive).
                 [no]baseline
                      Specify use of baseline or not (default: baseline).
                 optimize=<0-100>
                      optimization factor (default: 100)
                 smooth=<0-100>
                      smooth factor (default: 0)
                 quality=<0-100>
                      quality factor (default: 75)
                 outdir=<dirname>
                      Specify the directory to save the JPEG files to
                      (default: ./).
                 subdirs=<prefix>
                      Create numbered subdirectories with the specified prefix
                      to save the files in instead of the current directory.
                 maxfiles=<value> (subdirs only)
                      Maximum number of files to be saved per subdirectory.
                      Must be equal to or larger than 1 (default: 1000).

       pnm
              Output each frame into a PNM file in the current directory.
              Each file takes the frame number padded with leading zeros as
              name.  It supports PPM, PGM and PGMYUV files in both raw and
              ASCII mode.  Also see pnm(5), ppm(5) and pgm(5).
                 ppm
                      Write PPM files (default).
                 pgm
                      Write PGM files.
                 pgmyuv
                      Write PGMYUV files.  PGMYUV is like PGM, but it also
                      contains the U and V plane, appended at the bottom of
                      the picture.
                 raw
                      Write PNM files in raw mode (default).
                 ascii
                      Write PNM files in ASCII mode.
                 outdir=<dirname>
                      Specify the directory to save the PNM files to (default:
                      ./).
                 subdirs=<prefix>
                      Create numbered subdirectories with the specified prefix
                      to save the files in instead of the current directory.
                 maxfiles=<value> (subdirs only)
                      Maximum number of files to be saved per subdirectory.
                      Must be equal to or larger than 1 (default: 1000).

       png
              Output each frame into a PNG file in the current directory.
              Each file takes the frame number padded with leading zeros as
              name.  24bpp RGB and BGR formats are supported.
                 z=<0-9>
                      Specifies the compression level.  0 is no compression, 9
                      is maximum compression.
                 outdir=<dirname>
                      Specify the directory to save the PNG files to (default:
                      ./).
                 prefix=<prefix>
                      Specify the prefix to be used for the PNG filenames
                      (default: no prefix).
                 alpha
                      Create PNG files with an alpha channel.  Note that
                      MPlayer in general does not support alpha, so this will
                      only be useful in some rare cases.

       tga
              Output each frame into a Targa file in the current directory.
              Each file takes the frame number padded with leading zeros as
              name.  The purpose of this video output driver is to have a
              simple lossless image writer to use without any external
              library.  It supports the BGR[A] color format, with 15, 24 and
              32 bpp.  You can force a particular format with the format video
              filter.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer video.nut -vf format=bgr15 -vo tga

DECODING/FILTERING OPTIONS
       -ac <[-|+]codec1,[-|+]codec2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of audio codecs to be used, according to
              their codec name in codecs.conf.  Use a '-' before the codec
              name to omit it.  Use a '+' before the codec name to force it,
              this will likely crash!  If the list has a trailing ',' MPlayer
              will fall back on codecs not contained in the list.
              NOTE: See -ac help for a full list of available codecs.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ac mp3acm
                      Force the l3codeca.acm MP3 codec.
                 -ac mad,
                      Try libmad first, then fall back on others.
                 -ac hwac3,a52,
                      Try hardware AC-3 passthrough, software AC-3, then
                      others.
                 -ac hwdts,
                      Try hardware DTS passthrough, then fall back on others.
                 -ac -ffmp3,
                      Skip FFmpeg's MP3 decoder.

       -af-adv <force=(0-7):list=(filters)> (also see -af)
              Specify advanced audio filter options:

                 force=<0-7>
                      Forces the insertion of audio filters to one of the
                      following:
                         0: Use completely automatic filter insertion
                         (currently identical to 1).
                         1: Optimize for accuracy (default).
                         2: Optimize for speed.  Warning: Some features in the
                         audio filters may silently fail, and the sound
                         quality may drop.
                         3: Use no automatic insertion of filters and no
                         optimization.  Warning: It may be possible to crash
                         MPlayer using this setting.
                         4: Use automatic insertion of filters according to 0
                         above, but use floating point processing when
                         possible.
                         5: Use automatic insertion of filters according to 1
                         above, but use floating point processing when
                         possible.
                         6: Use automatic insertion of filters according to 2
                         above, but use floating point processing when
                         possible.
                         7: Use no automatic insertion of filters according to
                         3 above, and use floating point processing when
                         possible.

                 list=<filters>
                      Same as -af.

       -afm <driver1,driver2,...>
              Specify a priority list of audio codec families to be used,
              according to their codec name in codecs.conf.  Falls back on the
              default codecs if none of the given codec families work.
              NOTE: See -afm help for a full list of available codec families.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -afm ffmpeg
                      Try FFmpeg's libavcodec codecs first.
                 -afm acm,dshow
                      Try Win32 codecs first.

       -aspect <ratio> (also see -zoom)
              Override movie aspect ratio, in case aspect information is
              incorrect or missing in the file being played.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -aspect 4:3  or -aspect 1.3333
                 -aspect 16:9 or -aspect 1.7777

       -noaspect
              Disable automatic movie aspect ratio compensation.

       -field-dominance <-1-1>
              Set first field for interlaced content.  Useful for
              deinterlacers that double the framerate: -vf tfields=1, -vf
              yadif=1, -vo vdpau:deint and -vo xvmc:bobdeint.
                 -1   auto (default): If the decoder does not export the
                      appropriate information, it falls back to 0 (top field
                      first).
                 0    top field first
                 1    bottom field first

       -flip
              Flip image upside-down.

       -lavdopts <option1:option2:...> (DEBUG CODE)
              Specify libavcodec decoding parameters.  Separate multiple
              options with a colon.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -lavdopts gray:skiploopfilter=all:skipframe=nonref

              Available options are:

                 bitexact
                      Only use bit-exact algorithms in all decoding steps (for
                      codec testing).

                 bug=<value>
                      Manually work around encoder bugs.
                         0: nothing
                         1: autodetect bugs (default)
                         2 (msmpeg4v3): some old lavc generated msmpeg4v3
                         files (no autodetection)
                         4 (mpeg4): Xvid interlacing bug (autodetected if
                         fourcc==XVIX)
                         8 (mpeg4): UMP4 (autodetected if fourcc==UMP4)
                         16 (mpeg4): padding bug (autodetected)
                         32 (mpeg4): illegal vlc bug (autodetected per fourcc)
                         64 (mpeg4): Xvid and DivX qpel bug (autodetected per
                         fourcc/version)
                         128 (mpeg4): old standard qpel (autodetected per
                         fourcc/version)
                         256 (mpeg4): another qpel bug (autodetected per
                         fourcc/version)
                         512 (mpeg4): direct-qpel-blocksize bug (autodetected
                         per fourcc/version)
                         1024 (mpeg4): edge padding bug (autodetected per
                         fourcc/version)

                 debug=<value>
                      Display debugging information.
                         0: disabled
                         1: picture info
                         2: rate control
                         4: bitstream
                         8: macroblock (MB) type
                         16: per-block quantization parameter (QP)
                         32: motion vector
                         0x0040: motion vector visualization (use -noslices)
                         0x0080: macroblock (MB) skip
                         0x0100: startcode
                         0x0200: PTS
                         0x0400: error resilience
                         0x0800: memory management control operations (H.264)
                         0x1000: bugs
                         0x2000: Visualize quantization parameter (QP), lower
                         QP are tinted greener.
                         0x4000: Visualize block types.

                 ec=<value>
                      Set error concealment strategy.
                         1: Use strong deblock filter for damaged MBs.
                         2: iterative motion vector (MV) search (slow)
                         3: all (default)

                 er=<value>
                      Set error resilience strategy.
                         0: disabled
                         1: careful (Should work with broken encoders.)
                         2: normal (default) (Works with compliant encoders.)
                         3: aggressive (More checks, but might cause problems
                         even for valid bitstreams.)
                         4: very aggressive

                 fast (MPEG-2, MPEG-4, and H.264 only)
                      Enable optimizations which do not comply to the
                      specification and might potentially cause problems, like
                      simpler dequantization, simpler motion compensation,
                      assuming use of the default quantization matrix,
                      assuming YUV 4:2:0 and skipping a few checks to detect
                      damaged bitstreams.

                 gray
                      grayscale only decoding (a bit faster than with color)

                 idct=<0-99> (see -lavcopts)
                      For best decoding quality use the same IDCT algorithm
                      for decoding and encoding.  This may come at a price in
                      accuracy, though.

                 lowres=<number>[,<w>]
                      Decode at lower resolutions.  Low resolution decoding is
                      not supported by all codecs, and it will often result in
                      ugly artifacts.  This is not a bug, but a side effect of
                      not decoding at full resolution.
                         0: disabled
                         1: 1/2 resolution
                         2: 1/4 resolution
                         3: 1/8 resolution
                      If <w> is specified lowres decoding will be used only if
                      the width of the video is major than or equal to <w>.
                 o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]  Pass AVOptions to
                 libavcodec decoder.  Note, a patch to make the o= unneeded
                 and pass all unknown options through the AVOption system is
                 welcome.  A full list of AVOptions can be found in the FFmpeg
                 manual.  Note that some options may conflict with MEncoder
                 options.

                      EXAMPLE:
                           o=debug=pict

                 sb=<number> (MPEG-2 only)
                      Skip the given number of macroblock rows at the bottom.

                 st=<number> (MPEG-2 only)
                      Skip the given number of macroblock rows at the top.

                 skiploopfilter=<skipvalue> (H.264 only)
                      Skips the loop filter (AKA deblocking) during H.264
                      decoding.  Since the filtered frame is supposed to be
                      used as reference for decoding dependent frames this has
                      a worse effect on quality than not doing deblocking on
                      e.g. MPEG-2 video.  But at least for high bitrate HDTV
                      this provides a big speedup with no visible quality
                      loss.

                      <skipvalue> can be either one of the following:
                         none: Never skip.
                         default: Skip useless processing steps (e.g. 0 size
                         packets in AVI).
                         nonref: Skip frames that are not referenced (i.e. not
                         used for decoding other frames, the error cannot
                         "build up").
                         bidir: Skip B-Frames.
                         nonkey: Skip all frames except keyframes.
                         all: Skip all frames.

                 skipidct=<skipvalue> (MPEG-1/2 only)
                      Skips the IDCT step.  This degrades quality a lot of in
                      almost all cases (see skiploopfilter for available skip
                      values).

                 skipframe=<skipvalue>
                      Skips decoding of frames completely.  Big speedup, but
                      jerky motion and sometimes bad artifacts (see
                      skiploopfilter for available skip values).

                 threads=<1-8> (MPEG-1/2 and H.264 only)
                      number of threads to use for decoding (default: 1)

                 vismv=<value>
                      Visualize motion vectors.
                         0: disabled
                         1: Visualize forward predicted MVs of P-frames.
                         2: Visualize forward predicted MVs of B-frames.
                         4: Visualize backward predicted MVs of B-frames.

                 vstats
                      Prints some statistics and stores them in
                      ./vstats_*.log.

       -noslices
              Disable drawing video by 16-pixel height slices/bands, instead
              draws the whole frame in a single run.  May be faster or slower,
              depending on video card and available cache.  It has effect only
              with libmpeg2 and libavcodec codecs.

       -nosound
              Do not play/encode sound.  Useful for benchmarking.

       -novideo
              Do not play/encode video.  In many cases this will not work, use
              -vc null -vo null instead.

       -pp <quality> (also see -vf pp)
              Set the DLL postprocess level.  This option is no longer usable
              with -vf pp.  It only works with Win32 DirectShow DLLs with
              internal postprocessing routines.  The valid range of -pp values
              varies by codec, it is mostly 0-6, where 0=disable, 6=slowest/
              best.

       -pphelp (also see -vf pp)
              Show a summary about the available postprocess filters and their
              usage.

       -ssf <mode>
              Specifies software scaler parameters.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf scale -ssf lgb=3.0
                 lgb=<0-100>
                      gaussian blur filter (luma)
                 cgb=<0-100>
                      gaussian blur filter (chroma)
                 ls=<-100-100>
                      sharpen filter (luma)
                 cs=<-100-100>
                      sharpen filter (chroma)
                 chs=<h>
                      chroma horizontal shifting
                 cvs=<v>
                      chroma vertical shifting

       -stereo <mode>
              Select type of MP2/MP3 stereo output.
                 0    stereo
                 1    left channel
                 2    right channel

       -sws <software scaler type> (also see -vf scale and -zoom)
              Specify the software scaler algorithm to be used with the -zoom
              option.  This affects video output drivers which lack hardware
              acceleration, e.g. x11.

              Available types are:

                 0    fast bilinear
                 1    bilinear
                 2    bicubic (good quality) (default)
                 3    experimental
                 4    nearest neighbor (bad quality)
                 5    area
                 6    luma bicubic / chroma bilinear
                 7    gauss
                 8    sincR
                 9    lanczos
                 10   natural bicubic spline

              NOTE: Some -sws options are tunable.  The description of the
              scale video filter has further information.

       -vc <[-|+]codec1,[-|+]codec2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of video codecs to be used, according to
              their codec name in codecs.conf.  Use a '-' before the codec
              name to omit it.  Use a '+' before the codec name to force it,
              this will likely crash!  If the list has a trailing ',' MPlayer
              will fall back on codecs not contained in the list.
              NOTE: See -vc help for a full list of available codecs.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vc divx
                      Force Win32/VfW DivX codec, no fallback.
                 -vc -divxds,-divx,
                      Skip Win32 DivX codecs.
                 -vc ffmpeg12,mpeg12,
                      Try libavcodec's MPEG-1/2 codec, then libmpeg2, then
                      others.

       -vfm <driver1,driver2,...>
              Specify a priority list of video codec families to be used,
              according to their names in codecs.conf.  Falls back on the
              default codecs if none of the given codec families work.
              NOTE: See -vfm help for a full list of available codec families.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vfm ffmpeg,dshow,vfw
                      Try the libavcodec, then Directshow, then VfW codecs and
                      fall back on others, if they do not work.
                 -vfm xanim
                      Try XAnim codecs first.

       -x <x> (also see -zoom) (MPlayer only)
              Scale image to width <x> (if software/hardware scaling is
              available).  Disables aspect calculations.

       -xvidopts <option1:option2:...>
              Specify additional parameters when decoding with Xvid.
              NOTE: Since libavcodec is faster than Xvid you might want to use
              the libavcodec postprocessing filter (-vf pp) and decoder (-vfm
              ffmpeg) instead.

              Xvid's internal postprocessing filters:
                 deblock-chroma (also see -vf pp)
                      chroma deblock filter
                 deblock-luma (also see -vf pp)
                      luma deblock filter
                 dering-luma (also see -vf pp)
                      luma deringing filter
                 dering-chroma (also see -vf pp)
                      chroma deringing filter
                 filmeffect (also see -vf noise)
                      Adds artificial film grain to the video.  May increase
                      perceived quality, while lowering true quality.

              rendering methods:
                 dr2
                      Activate direct rendering method 2.
                 nodr2
                      Deactivate direct rendering method 2.

       -xy <value> (also see -zoom)
                 value<=8
                      Scale image by factor <value>.
                 value>8
                      Set width to value and calculate height to keep correct
                      aspect ratio.

       -y <y> (also see -zoom) (MPlayer only)
              Scale image to height <y> (if software/hardware scaling is
              available).  Disables aspect calculations.

       -zoom
              Allow software scaling, where available.  This will allow
              scaling with output drivers (like x11, fbdev) that do not
              support hardware scaling where MPlayer disables scaling by
              default for performance reasons.

AUDIO FILTERS
       Audio filters allow you to modify the audio stream and its properties.
       The syntax is:

       -af <filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
              Setup a chain of audio filters.

       NOTE: To get a full list of available audio filters, see -af help.

       Audio filters are managed in lists.  There are a few commands to manage
       the filter list.

       -af-add <filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -af-pre <filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -af-del <index1[,index2,...]>
              Deletes the filters at the given indexes.  Index numbers start
              at 0, negative numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the
              last).

       -af-clr
              Completely empties the filter list.

       Available filters are:

       resample[=srate[:sloppy[:type]]]
              Changes the sample rate of the audio stream.  Can be used if you
              have a fixed frequency sound card or if you are stuck with an
              old sound card that is only capable of max 44.1kHz.  This filter
              is automatically enabled if necessary.  It only supports 16-bit
              integer and float in native-endian format as input.
              NOTE: With MEncoder, you need to also use -srate <srate>.
                 <srate>
                      output sample frequency in Hz.  The valid range for this
                      parameter is 8000 to 192000.  If the input and output
                      sample frequency are the same or if this parameter is
                      omitted the filter is automatically unloaded.  A high
                      sample frequency normally improves the audio quality,
                      especially when used in combination with other filters.
                 <sloppy>
                      Allow (1) or disallow (0) the output frequency to differ
                      slightly from the frequency given by <srate> (default:
                      1).  Can be used if the startup of the playback is
                      extremely slow.
                 <type>
                      Select which resampling method to use.
                         0: linear interpolation (fast, poor quality
                         especially when upsampling)
                         1: polyphase filterbank and integer processing
                         2: polyphase filterbank and floating point processing
                         (slow, best quality)

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af resample=44100:0:0
                      would set the output frequency of the resample filter to
                      44100Hz using exact output frequency scaling and linear
                      interpolation.

       lavcresample[=srate[:length[:linear[:count[:cutoff]]]]]
              Changes the sample rate of the audio stream to an integer
              <srate> in Hz.  It only supports the 16-bit native-endian
              format.
              NOTE: With MEncoder, you need to also use -srate <srate>.
                 <srate>
                      the output sample rate
                 <length>
                      length of the filter with respect to the lower sampling
                      rate (default: 16)
                 <linear>
                      if 1 then filters will be linearly interpolated between
                      polyphase entries
                 <count>
                      log2 of the number of polyphase entries (..., 10->1024,
                      11->2048, 12->4096, ...)  (default: 10->1024)
                 <cutoff>
                      cutoff frequency (0.0-1.0), default set depending upon
                      filter length

       lavcac3enc[=tospdif[:bitrate[:minchn]]]
              Encode multi-channel audio to AC-3 at runtime using libavcodec.
              Supports 16-bit native-endian input format, maximum 6 channels.
              The output is big-endian when outputting a raw AC-3 stream,
              native-endian when outputting to S/PDIF.  The output sample rate
              of this filter is same with the input sample rate.  When input
              sample rate is 48kHz, 44.1kHz, or 32kHz, this filter directly
              use it.  Otherwise a resampling filter is auto-inserted before
              this filter to make the input and output sample rate be 48kHz.
              You need to specify '-channels N' to make the decoder decode
              audio into N-channel, then the filter can encode the N-channel
              input to AC-3.
                 <tospdif>
                      Output raw AC-3 stream if zero or not set, output to
                      S/PDIF for passthrough when <tospdif> is set non-zero.
                 <bitrate>
                      The bitrate to encode the AC-3 stream.  Set it to either
                      384 or 384000 to get 384kbits.  Valid values: 32, 40,
                      48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256,
                                    320, 384, 448, 512, 576, 640 Default
                      bitrate is based on the input channel number: 1ch: 96,
                      2ch: 192,  3ch: 224,  4ch: 384,  5ch: 448,  6ch: 448
                 <minchn>
                      If the input channel number is less than <minchn>, the
                      filter will detach itself (default: 5).

       sweep[=speed]
              Produces a sine sweep.
                 <0.0-1.0>
                      Sine function delta, use very low values to hear the
                      sweep.

       sinesuppress[=freq:decay]
              Remove a sine at the specified frequency.  Useful to get rid of
              the 50/60Hz noise on low quality audio equipment.  It probably
              only works on mono input.
                 <freq>
                      The frequency of the sine which should be removed (in
                      Hz) (default: 50)
                 <decay>
                      Controls the adaptivity (a larger value will make the
                      filter adapt to amplitude and phase changes quicker, a
                      smaller value will make the adaptation slower) (default:
                      0.0001).  Reasonable values are around 0.001.

       bs2b[=option1:option2:...]
              Bauer stereophonic to binaural transformation using libbs2b.
              Improves the headphone listening experience by making the sound
              similar to that from loudspeakers, allowing each ear to hear
              both channels and taking into account the distance difference
              and the head shadowing effect.  It is applicable only to 2
              channel audio.
                 fcut=<300-1000>
                      Set cut frequency in Hz.
                 feed=<10-150>
                      Set feed level for low frequencies in 0.1*dB.
                 profile=<value>
                      Several profiles are available for convenience:
                           default
                                will be used if nothing else was specified
                                (fcut=700, feed=45)
                           cmoy
                                Chu Moy circuit implementation (fcut=700,
                                feed=60)
                           jmeier
                                Jan Meier circuit implementation (fcut=650,
                                feed=95)

              If fcut or feed options are specified together with a profile,
              they will be applied on top of the selected profile.

       hrtf[=flag]
              Head-related transfer function: Converts multichannel audio to 2
              channel output for headphones, preserving the spatiality of the
              sound.

              Flag  Meaning
              m     matrix decoding of the rear channel
              s     2-channel matrix decoding
              0     no matrix decoding (default)

       equalizer=[g1:g2:g3:...:g10]
              10 octave band graphic equalizer, implemented using 10 IIR band
              pass filters.  This means that it works regardless of what type
              of audio is being played back.  The center frequencies for the
              10 bands are:

              No. frequency
              0    31.25 Hz
              1    62.50 Hz
              2   125.00 Hz
              3   250.00 Hz
              4   500.00 Hz
              5    1.00 kHz
              6    2.00 kHz
              7    4.00 kHz
              8    8.00 kHz
              9   16.00 kHz

              If the sample rate of the sound being played is lower than the
              center frequency for a frequency band, then that band will be
              disabled.  A known bug with this filter is that the
              characteristics for the uppermost band are not completely
              symmetric if the sample rate is close to the center frequency of
              that band.  This problem can be worked around by upsampling the
              sound using the resample filter before it reaches this filter.
                 <g1>:<g2>:<g3>:...:<g10>
                      floating point numbers representing the gain in dB for
                      each frequency band (-12-12)

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af equalizer=11:11:10:5:0:-12:0:5:12:12 media.avi
                      Would amplify the sound in the upper and lower frequency
                      region while canceling it almost completely around 1kHz.

       channels=nch[:nr:from1:to1:from2:to2:from3:to3:...]
              Can be used for adding, removing, routing and copying audio
              channels.  If only <nch> is given the default routing is used,
              it works as follows: If the number of output channels is bigger
              than the number of input channels empty channels are inserted
              (except mixing from mono to stereo, then the mono channel is
              repeated in both of the output channels).  If the number of
              output channels is smaller than the number of input channels the
              exceeding channels are truncated.
                 <nch>
                      number of output channels (1-8)
                 <nr>
                      number of routes (1-8)
                 <from1:to1:from2:to2:from3:to3:...>
                      Pairs of numbers between 0 and 7 that define where to
                      route each channel.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af channels=4:4:0:1:1:0:2:2:3:3 media.avi
                      Would change the number of channels to 4 and set up 4
                      routes that swap channel 0 and channel 1 and leave
                      channel 2 and 3 intact.  Observe that if media
                      containing two channels was played back, channels 2 and
                      3 would contain silence but 0 and 1 would still be
                      swapped.
                 mplayer -af channels=6:4:0:0:0:1:0:2:0:3 media.avi
                      Would change the number of channels to 6 and set up 4
                      routes that copy channel 0 to channels 0 to 3.  Channel
                      4 and 5 will contain silence.

       format[=format] (also see -format)
              Convert between different sample formats.  Automatically enabled
              when needed by the sound card or another filter.
                 <format>
                      Sets the desired format.  The general form is 'sbe',
                      where 's' denotes the sign (either 's' for signed or 'u'
                      for unsigned), 'b' denotes the number of bits per sample
                      (16, 24 or 32) and 'e' denotes the endianness ('le'
                      means little-endian, 'be' big-endian and 'ne' the
                      endianness of the computer MPlayer is running on).
                      Valid values (amongst others) are: 's16le', 'u32be' and
                      'u24ne'.  Exceptions to this rule that are also valid
                      format specifiers: u8, s8, floatle, floatbe, floatne,
                      mulaw, alaw, mpeg2, ac3 and imaadpcm.

       volume[=v[:sc]]
              Implements software volume control.  Use this filter with
              caution since it can reduce the signal to noise ratio of the
              sound.  In most cases it is best to set the level for the PCM
              sound to max, leave this filter out and control the output level
              to your speakers with the master volume control of the mixer.
              In case your sound card has a digital PCM mixer instead of an
              analog one, and you hear distortion, use the MASTER mixer
              instead.  If there is an external amplifier connected to the
              computer (this is almost always the case), the noise level can
              be minimized by adjusting the master level and the volume knob
              on the amplifier until the hissing noise in the background is
              gone.
              This filter has a second feature: It measures the overall
              maximum sound level and prints out that level when MPlayer
              exits.  This volume estimate can be used for setting the sound
              level in MEncoder such that the maximum dynamic range is
              utilized.  This feature currently only works with floating-point
              data, use e.g. -af-adv force=5, or use -af stats.
              NOTE: This filter is not reentrant and can therefore only be
              enabled once for every audio stream.
                 <v>
                      Sets the desired gain in dB for all channels in the
                      stream from -200dB to +60dB, where -200dB mutes the
                      sound completely and +60dB equals a gain of 1000
                      (default: 0).
                 <sc>
                      Turns soft clipping on (1) or off (0).  Soft-clipping
                      can make the sound more smooth if very high volume
                      levels are used.  Enable this option if the dynamic
                      range of the loudspeakers is very low.
                      WARNING: This feature creates distortion and should be
                      considered a last resort.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af volume=10.1:0 media.avi
                      Would amplify the sound by 10.1dB and hard-clip if the
                      sound level is too high.

       pan=n[:L00:L01:L02:...L10:L11:L12:...Ln0:Ln1:Ln2:...]
              Mixes channels arbitrarily.  Basically a combination of the
              volume and the channels filter that can be used to down-mix many
              channels to only a few, e.g. stereo to mono or vary the "width"
              of the center speaker in a surround sound system.  This filter
              is hard to use, and will require some tinkering before the
              desired result is obtained.  The number of options for this
              filter depends on the number of output channels.  An example how
              to downmix a six-channel file to two channels with this filter
              can be found in the examples section near the end.
                 <n>
                      number of output channels (1-8)
                 <Lij>
                      How much of input channel i is mixed into output channel
                      j (0-1).  So in principle you first have n numbers
                      saying what to do with the first input channel, then n
                      numbers that act on the second input channel etc.  If
                      you do not specify any numbers for some input channels,
                      0 is assumed.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af pan=1:0.5:0.5 media.avi
                      Would down-mix from stereo to mono.
                 mplayer -af pan=3:1:0:0.5:0:1:0.5 media.avi
                      Would give 3 channel output leaving channels 0 and 1
                      intact, and mix channels 0 and 1 into output channel 2
                      (which could be sent to a subwoofer for example).

       sub[=fc:ch]
              Adds a subwoofer channel to the audio stream.  The audio data
              used for creating the subwoofer channel is an average of the
              sound in channel 0 and channel 1.  The resulting sound is then
              low-pass filtered by a 4th order Butterworth filter with a
              default cutoff frequency of 60Hz and added to a separate channel
              in the audio stream.
              Warning: Disable this filter when you are playing DVDs with
              Dolby Digital 5.1 sound, otherwise this filter will disrupt the
              sound to the subwoofer.
                 <fc>
                      cutoff frequency in Hz for the low-pass filter (20Hz to
                      300Hz) (default: 60Hz) For the best result try setting
                      the cutoff frequency as low as possible.  This will
                      improve the stereo or surround sound experience.
                 <ch>
                      Determines the channel number in which to insert the
                      sub-channel audio.  Channel number can be between 0 and
                      7 (default: 5).  Observe that the number of channels
                      will automatically be increased to <ch> if necessary.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af sub=100:4 -channels 5 media.avi
                      Would add a sub-woofer channel with a cutoff frequency
                      of 100Hz to output channel 4.

       center
              Creates a center channel from the front channels.  May currently
              be low quality as it does not implement a high-pass filter for
              proper extraction yet, but averages and halves the channels
              instead.
                 <ch>
                      Determines the channel number in which to insert the
                      center channel.  Channel number can be between 0 and 7
                      (default: 5).  Observe that the number of channels will
                      automatically be increased to <ch> if necessary.

       surround[=delay]
              Decoder for matrix encoded surround sound like Dolby Surround.
              Many files with 2 channel audio actually contain matrixed
              surround sound.  Requires a sound card supporting at least 4
              channels.
                 <delay>
                      delay time in ms for the rear speakers (0 to 1000)
                      (default: 20) This delay should be set as follows: If d1
                      is the distance from the listening position to the front
                      speakers and d2 is the distance from the listening
                      position to the rear speakers, then the delay should be
                      set to 15ms if d1 <= d2 and to 15 + 5*(d1-d2) if d1 >
                      d2.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af surround=15 -channels 4 media.avi
                      Would add surround sound decoding with 15ms delay for
                      the sound to the rear speakers.

       delay[=ch1:ch2:...]
              Delays the sound to the loudspeakers such that the sound from
              the different channels arrives at the listening position
              simultaneously.  It is only useful if you have more than 2
              loudspeakers.
                 ch1,ch2,...
                      The delay in ms that should be imposed on each channel
                      (floating point number between 0 and 1000).

              To calculate the required delay for the different channels do as
              follows:

              1. Measure the distance to the loudspeakers in meters in
                 relation to your listening position, giving you the distances
                 s1 to s5 (for a 5.1 system).  There is no point in
                 compensating for the subwoofer (you will not hear the
                 difference anyway).

              2. Subtract the distances s1 to s5 from the maximum distance,
                 i.e. s[i] = max(s) - s[i]; i = 1...5.

              3. Calculate the required delays in ms as d[i] = 1000*s[i]/342;
                 i = 1...5.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af delay=10.5:10.5:0:0:7:0 media.avi
                      Would delay front left and right by 10.5ms, the two rear
                      channels and the sub by 0ms and the center channel by
                      7ms.

       export[=mmapped_file[:nsamples]]
              Exports the incoming signal to other processes using memory
              mapping (mmap()).  Memory mapped areas contain a header:

              int nch                      /*number of channels*/
              int size                     /*buffer size*/
              unsigned long long counter   /*Used to keep sync, updated every
                                             time new data is exported.*/

              The rest is payload (non-interleaved) 16 bit data.
                 <mmapped_file>
                      file to map data to (default: ~/.mplayer/mplayer-
                      af_export)
                 <nsamples>
                      number of samples per channel (default: 512)

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af export=/tmp/mplayer-af_export:1024 media.avi
                      Would export 1024 samples per channel to '/tmp/mplayer-
                      af_export'.

       extrastereo[=mul]
              (Linearly) increases the difference between left and right
              channels which adds some sort of "live" effect to playback.
                 <mul>
                      Sets the difference coefficient (default: 2.5).  0.0
                      means mono sound (average of both channels), with 1.0
                      sound will be unchanged, with -1.0 left and right
                      channels will be swapped.

       volnorm[=method:target]
              Maximizes the volume without distorting the sound.
                 <method>
                      Sets the used method.
                         1: Use a single sample to smooth the variations via
                         the standard weighted mean over past samples
                         (default).
                         2: Use several samples to smooth the variations via
                         the standard weighted mean over past samples.

                 <target>
                      Sets the target amplitude as a fraction of the maximum
                      for the sample type (default: 0.25).

       ladspa=file:label[:controls...]
              Load a LADSPA (Linux Audio Developer's Simple Plugin API)
              plugin.  This filter is reentrant, so multiple LADSPA plugins
              can be used at once.
                 <file>
                      Specifies the LADSPA plugin library file.  If
                      LADSPA_PATH is set, it searches for the specified file.
                      If it is not set, you must supply a fully specified
                      pathname.
                 <label>
                      Specifies the filter within the library.  Some libraries
                      contain only one filter, but others contain many of
                      them.  Entering 'help' here, will list all available
                      filters within the specified library, which eliminates
                      the use of 'listplugins' from the LADSPA SDK.
                 <controls>
                      Controls are zero or more floating point values that
                      determine the behavior of the loaded plugin (for example
                      delay, threshold or gain).  In verbose mode (add -v to
                      the MPlayer command line), all available controls and
                      their valid ranges are printed.  This eliminates the use
                      of 'analyseplugin' from the LADSPA SDK.

       comp
              Compressor/expander filter usable for microphone input.
              Prevents artifacts on very loud sound and raises the volume on
              very low sound.  This filter is untested, maybe even unusable.

       gate
              Noise gate filter similar to the comp audio filter.  This filter
              is untested, maybe even unusable.

       karaoke
              Simple voice removal filter exploiting the fact that voice is
              usually recorded with mono gear and later 'center' mixed onto
              the final audio stream.  Beware that this filter will turn your
              signal into mono.  Works well for 2 channel tracks; do not
              bother trying it on anything but 2 channel stereo.

       scaletempo[=option1:option2:...]
              Scales audio tempo without altering pitch, optionally synced to
              playback speed (default).
              This works by playing 'stride' ms of audio at normal speed then
              consuming 'stride*scale' ms of input audio.  It pieces the
              strides together by blending 'overlap'% of stride with audio
              following the previous stride.  It optionally performs a short
              statistical analysis on the next 'search' ms of audio to
              determine the best overlap position.
                 scale=<amount>
                      Nominal amount to scale tempo.  Scales this amount in
                      addition to speed.  (default: 1.0)
                 stride=<amount>
                      Length in milliseconds to output each stride.  Too high
                      of value will cause noticable skips at high scale
                      amounts and an echo at low scale amounts.  Very low
                      values will alter pitch.  Increasing improves
                      performance.  (default: 60)
                 overlap=<percent>
                      Percentage of stride to overlap.  Decreasing improves
                      performance.  (default: .20)
                 search=<amount>
                      Length in milliseconds to search for best overlap
                      position.  Decreasing improves performance greatly.  On
                      slow systems, you will probably want to set this very
                      low.  (default: 14)
                 speed=<tempo|pitch|both|none>
                      Set response to speed change.
                         tempo
                              Scale tempo in sync with speed (default).
                         pitch
                              Reverses effect of filter.  Scales pitch without
                              altering tempo.  Add '[ speed_mult
                              0.9438743126816935' and '] speed_mult
                              1.059463094352953' to your input.conf to step by
                              musical semi-tones.  WARNING: Loses sync with
                              video.
                         both Scale both tempo and pitch.
                         none Ignore speed changes.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af scaletempo -speed 1.2 media.ogg
                      Would playback media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at
                      normal pitch.  Changing playback speed, would change
                      audio tempo to match.
                 mplayer -af scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=none -speed 1.2
                 media.ogg
                      Would playback media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at
                      normal pitch, but changing playback speed has no effect
                      on audio tempo.
                 mplayer -af scaletempo=stride=30:overlap=.50:search=10
                 media.ogg
                      Would tweak the quality and performace parameters.
                 mplayer -af format=floatne,scaletempo media.ogg
                      Would make scaletempo use float code.  Maybe faster on
                      some platforms.
                 mplayer -af scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=pitch audio.ogg
                      Would playback audio file at 1.2x normal speed, with
                      audio at normal pitch.  Changing playback speed, would
                      change pitch, leaving audio tempo at 1.2x.

       stats
              Collects and prints statistics about the audio stream,
              especially the volume.  These statistics are especially intended
              to help adjusting the volume while avoiding clipping.  The
              volumes are printed in dB and compatible with the volume audio
              filter.

VIDEO FILTERS
       Video filters allow you to modify the video stream and its properties.
       The syntax is:

       -vf <filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
              Setup a chain of video filters.

       Many parameters are optional and set to default values if omitted.  To
       explicitly use a default value set a parameter to '-1'.  Parameters w:h
       means width x height in pixels, x:y means x;y position counted from the
       upper left corner of the bigger image.
       NOTE: To get a full list of available video filters, see -vf help.

       Video filters are managed in lists.  There are a few commands to manage
       the filter list.

       -vf-add <filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -vf-pre <filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -vf-del <index1[,index2,...]>
              Deletes the filters at the given indexes.  Index numbers start
              at 0, negative numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the
              last).

       -vf-clr
              Completely empties the filter list.

       With filters that support it, you can access parameters by their name.

       -vf <filter>=help
              Prints the parameter names and parameter value ranges for a
              particular filter.

       -vf <filter=named_parameter1=value1[:named_parameter2=value2:...]>
              Sets a named parameter to the given value.  Use on and off or
              yes and no to set flag parameters.

       Available filters are:

       crop[=w:h:x:y]
              Crops the given part of the image and discards the rest.  Useful
              to remove black bands from widescreen movies.
                 <w>,<h>
                      Cropped width and height, defaults to original width and
                      height.
                 <x>,<y>
                      Position of the cropped picture, defaults to center.

       cropdetect[=limit:round[:reset]]
              Calculates necessary cropping parameters and prints the
              recommended parameters to stdout.
                 <limit>
                      Threshold, which can be optionally specified from
                      nothing (0) to everything (255) (default: 24).
                 <round>
                      Value which the width/height should be divisible by
                      (default: 16).  The offset is automatically adjusted to
                      center the video.  Use 2 to get only even dimensions
                      (needed for 4:2:2 video).  16 is best when encoding to
                      most video codecs.
                 <reset>
                      Counter that determines after how many frames cropdetect
                      will reset the previously detected largest video area
                      and start over to detect the current optimal crop area
                      (default: 0).  This can be useful when channel logos
                      distort the video area.  0 indicates never reset and
                      return the largest area encountered during playback.

       rectangle[=w:h:x:y]
              Draws a rectangle of the requested width and height at the
              specified coordinates over the image and prints current
              rectangle parameters to the console.  This can be used to find
              optimal cropping parameters.  If you bind the input.conf
              directive 'change_rectangle' to keystrokes, you can move and
              resize the rectangle on the fly.
                 <w>,<h>
                      width and height (default: -1, maximum possible width
                      where boundaries are still visible.)
                 <x>,<y>
                      top left corner position (default: -1, uppermost
                      leftmost)

       expand[=w:h:x:y:o:a:r]
              Expands (not scales) movie resolution to the given value and
              places the unscaled original at coordinates x, y.  Can be used
              for placing subtitles/OSD in the resulting black bands.

                 <w>,<h>
                      Expanded width,height (default: original width,height).
                      Negative values for w and h are treated as offsets to
                      the original size.

                      EXAMPLE:
                           expand=0:-50:0:0
                                  Adds a 50 pixel border to the bottom of the
                                  picture.

                 <x>,<y>
                      position of original image on the expanded image
                      (default: center)

                 <o>
                      OSD/subtitle rendering
                         0: disable (default)
                         1: enable

                 <a>
                      Expands to fit an aspect instead of a resolution
                      (default: 0).

                      EXAMPLE:
                           expand=800:::::4/3
                                  Expands to 800x600, unless the source is
                                  higher resolution, in which case it expands
                                  to fill a 4/3 aspect.

                 <r>
                      Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r>
                      (default: 1).

       flip (also see -flip)
              Flips the image upside down.

       mirror
              Mirrors the image on the Y axis.

       rotate[=<0-7>]
              Rotates the image by 90 degrees and optionally flips it.  For
              values between 4-7 rotation is only done if the movie geometry
              is portrait and not landscape.

                 0    Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and flip (default).

                 1    Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise.

                 2    Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise.

                 3    Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise and flip.

       scale[=w:h[:interlaced[:chr_drop[:par[:par2[:presize[:noup[:arnd]]]]]]]]
              Scales the image with the software scaler (slow) and performs a
              YUV<->RGB colorspace conversion (also see -sws).

                 <w>,<h>
                      scaled width/height (default: original width/height)
                      NOTE: If -zoom is used, and underlying filters
                      (including libvo) are incapable of scaling, it defaults
                      to d_width/d_height!
                          0:   scaled d_width/d_height
                         -1:   original width/height
                         -2:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
                         prescaled aspect ratio.
                         -3:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
                         original aspect ratio.
                         -(n+8): Like -n above, but rounding the dimension to
                         the closest multiple of 16.

                 <interlaced>
                      Toggle interlaced scaling.
                         0: off (default)
                         1: on

                 <chr_drop>
                      chroma skipping
                         0: Use all available input lines for chroma.
                         1: Use only every 2. input line for chroma.
                         2: Use only every 4. input line for chroma.
                         3: Use only every 8. input line for chroma.

                 <par>[:<par2>] (also see -sws)
                      Set some scaling parameters depending on the type of
                      scaler selected with -sws.
                         -sws 2 (bicubic):  B (blurring) and C (ringing)
                         0.00:0.60 default
                         0.00:0.75 VirtualDub's "precise bicubic"
                         0.00:0.50 Catmull-Rom spline
                         0.33:0.33 Mitchell-Netravali spline
                         1.00:0.00 cubic B-spline
                         -sws 7 (gaussian): sharpness (0 (soft) - 100 (sharp))
                         -sws 9 (lanczos):  filter length (1-10)

                 <presize>
                      Scale to preset sizes.
                         qntsc:   352x240 (NTSC quarter screen)
                         qpal:    352x288 (PAL quarter screen)
                         ntsc:    720x480 (standard NTSC)
                         pal:     720x576 (standard PAL)
                         sntsc:   640x480 (square pixel NTSC)
                         spal:    768x576 (square pixel PAL)

                 <noup>
                      Disallow upscaling past the original dimensions.
                         0: Allow upscaling (default).
                         1: Disallow upscaling if one dimension exceeds its
                         original value.
                         2: Disallow upscaling if both dimensions exceed their
                         original values.

                 <arnd>
                      Accurate rounding for the vertical scaler, which may be
                      faster or slower than the default rounding.
                         0: Disable accurate rounding (default).
                         1: Enable accurate rounding.

       dsize[=aspect|w:h:aspect-method:r]
              Changes the intended display size/aspect at an arbitrary point
              in the filter chain.  Aspect can be given as a fraction (4/3) or
              floating point number (1.33).  Alternatively, you may specify
              the exact display width and height desired.  Note that this
              filter does not do any scaling itself; it just affects what
              later scalers (software or hardware) will do when auto-scaling
              to correct aspect.

                 <w>,<h>
                      New display width and height.  Can also be these special
                      values:
                          0:   original display width and height
                         -1:   original video width and height (default)
                         -2:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
                         original display aspect ratio.
                         -3:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
                         original video aspect ratio.

                 EXAMPLE:
                           dsize=800:-2
                                  Specifies a display resolution of 800x600
                                  for a 4/3 aspect video, or 800x450 for a
                                  16/9 aspect video.
                 <aspect-method>
                      Modifies width and height according to original aspect
                      ratios.
                         -1: Ignore original aspect ratio (default).
                          0: Keep display aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as
                         maximum resolution.
                          1: Keep display aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as
                         minimum resolution.
                          2: Keep video aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as
                         maximum resolution.
                          3: Keep video aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as
                         minimum resolution.

                 EXAMPLE:
                           dsize=800:600:0
                                  Specifies a display resolution of at most
                                  800x600, or smaller, in order to keep
                                  aspect.

                 <r>
                      Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r>
                      (default: 1).

       yvu9
              Forces software YVU9 to YV12 colorspace conversion.  Deprecated
              in favor of the software scaler.

       yuvcsp
              Clamps YUV color values to the CCIR 601 range without doing real
              conversion.

       palette
              RGB/BGR 8 -> 15/16/24/32bpp colorspace conversion using palette.

       format[=fourcc[:outfourcc]]
              Restricts the colorspace for the next filter without doing any
              conversion.  Use together with the scale filter for a real
              conversion.
              NOTE: For a list of available formats see format=fmt=help.
                 <fourcc>
                      format name like rgb15, bgr24, yv12, etc (default: yuy2)
                 <outfourcc>
                      Format name that should be substituted for the output.
                      If this is not 100% compatible with the <fourcc> value
                      it will crash.
                      Valid examples:
                      format=rgb24:bgr24 format=yuyv:yuy2
                      Invalid examples (will crash):
                      format=rgb24:yv12

       noformat[=fourcc]
              Restricts the colorspace for the next filter without doing any
              conversion.  Unlike the format filter, this will allow any
              colorspace except the one you specify.
              NOTE: For a list of available formats see noformat=fmt=help.
                 <fourcc>
                      format name like rgb15, bgr24, yv12, etc (default: yv12)

       pp[=filter1[:option1[:option2...]]/[-]filter2...] (also see -pphelp)
              Enables the specified chain of postprocessing subfilters.
              Subfilters must be separated by '/' and can be disabled by
              prepending a '-'.  Each subfilter and some options have a short
              and a long name that can be used interchangeably, i.e. dr/dering
              are the same.  All subfilters share common options to determine
              their scope:
                 a/autoq
                      Automatically switch the subfilter off if the CPU is too
                      slow.
                 c/chrom
                      Do chrominance filtering, too (default).
                 y/nochrom
                      Do luminance filtering only (no chrominance).
                 n/noluma
                      Do chrominance filtering only (no luminance).

              NOTE: -pphelp shows a list of available subfilters.

              Available subfilters are

                 hb/hdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
                      horizontal deblocking filter
                         <difference>: Difference factor where higher values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 32).
                         <flatness>: Flatness threshold where lower values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 39).

                 vb/vdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
                      vertical deblocking filter
                         <difference>: Difference factor where higher values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 32).
                         <flatness>: Flatness threshold where lower values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 39).

                 ha/hadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
                      accurate horizontal deblocking filter
                         <difference>: Difference factor where higher values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 32).
                         <flatness>: Flatness threshold where lower values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 39).

                 va/vadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
                      accurate vertical deblocking filter
                         <difference>: Difference factor where higher values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 32).
                         <flatness>: Flatness threshold where lower values
                         mean more deblocking (default: 39).

                 The horizontal and vertical deblocking filters share the
                 difference and flatness values so you cannot set different
                 horizontal and vertical thresholds.


                 h1/x1hdeblock
                      experimental horizontal deblocking filter

                 v1/x1vdeblock
                      experimental vertical deblocking filter

                 dr/dering
                      deringing filter

                 tn/tmpnoise[:threshold1[:threshold2[:threshold3]]]
                      temporal noise reducer
                         <threshold1>: larger -> stronger filtering
                         <threshold2>: larger -> stronger filtering
                         <threshold3>: larger -> stronger filtering

                 al/autolevels[:f/fullyrange]
                      automatic brightness / contrast correction
                         f/fullyrange: Stretch luminance to (0-255).

                 lb/linblenddeint
                      Linear blend deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the
                      given block by filtering all lines with a (1 2 1)
                      filter.

                 li/linipoldeint
                      Linear interpolating deinterlacing filter that
                      deinterlaces the given block by linearly interpolating
                      every second line.

                 ci/cubicipoldeint
                      Cubic interpolating deinterlacing filter deinterlaces
                      the given block by cubically interpolating every second
                      line.

                 md/mediandeint
                      Median deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given
                      block by applying a median filter to every second line.

                 fd/ffmpegdeint
                      FFmpeg deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given
                      block by filtering every second line with a (-1 4 2 4
                      -1) filter.

                 l5/lowpass5
                      Vertically applied FIR lowpass deinterlacing filter that
                      deinterlaces the given block by filtering all lines with
                      a (-1 2 6 2 -1) filter.

                 fq/forceQuant[:quantizer]
                      Overrides the quantizer table from the input with the
                      constant quantizer you specify.
                         <quantizer>: quantizer to use

                 de/default
                      default pp filter combination (hb:a,vb:a,dr:a)

                 fa/fast
                      fast pp filter combination (h1:a,v1:a,dr:a)

                 ac
                      high quality pp filter combination
                      (ha:a:128:7,va:a,dr:a)

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf pp=hb/vb/dr/al
                      horizontal and vertical deblocking, deringing and
                      automatic brightness/contrast
                 -vf pp=de/-al
                      default filters without brightness/contrast correction
                 -vf pp=default/tmpnoise:1:2:3
                      Enable default filters & temporal denoiser.
                 -vf pp=hb:y/vb:a
                      Horizontal deblocking on luminance only, and switch
                      vertical deblocking on or off automatically depending on
                      available CPU time.

       spp[=quality[:qp[:mode]]]
              Simple postprocessing filter that compresses and decompresses
              the image at several (or - in the case of quality level 6 - all)
              shifts and averages the results.

                 <quality>
                      0-6 (default: 3)

                 <qp>
                      Force quantization parameter (default: 0, use QP from
                      video).

                 <mode>
                      0: hard thresholding (default)
                      1: soft thresholding (better deringing, but blurrier)
                      4: like 0, but also use B-frames' QP (may cause flicker)
                      5: like 1, but also use B-frames' QP (may cause flicker)

       uspp[=quality[:qp]]
              Ultra simple & slow postprocessing filter that compresses and
              decompresses the image at several (or - in the case of quality
              level 8 - all) shifts and averages the results.  The way this
              differs from the behavior of spp is that uspp actually encodes &
              decodes each case with libavcodec Snow, whereas spp uses a
              simplified intra only 8x8 DCT similar to MJPEG.

                 <quality>
                      0-8 (default: 3)

                 <qp>
                      Force quantization parameter (default: 0, use QP from
                      video).

       fspp[=quality[:qp[:strength[:bframes]]]]
              faster version of the simple postprocessing filter

                 <quality>
                      4-5 (equivalent to spp; default: 4)

                 <qp>
                      Force quantization parameter (default: 0, use QP from
                      video).

                 <-15-32>
                      Filter strength, lower values mean more details but also
                      more artifacts, while higher values make the image
                      smoother but also blurrier (default: 0 - PSNR optimal).

                 <bframes>
                      0: do not use QP from B-frames (default)
                      1: use QP from B-frames too (may cause flicker)

       pp7[=qp[:mode]]
              Variant of the spp filter, similar to spp=6 with 7 point DCT
              where only the center sample is used after IDCT.

                 <qp>
                      Force quantization parameter (default: 0, use QP from
                      video).

                 <mode>
                      0: hard thresholding
                      1: soft thresholding (better deringing, but blurrier)
                      2: medium thresholding (default, good results)

       qp=equation
              quantization parameter (QP) change filter

                 <equation>
                      some equation like "2+2*sin(PI*qp)"

       geq=equation
              generic equation change filter

                 <equation>
                      Some equation, e.g.  'p(W-X\,Y)' to flip the image
                      horizontally.  You can use whitespace to make the
                      equation more readable.  There are a couple of constants
                      that can be used in the equation:
                         PI: the number pi
                         E: the number e
                         X / Y: the coordinates of the current sample
                         W / H: width and height of the image
                         SW / SH: width/height scale depending on the
                         currently filtered plane, e.g. 1,1 and 0.5,0.5 for
                         YUV 4:2:0.
                         p(x,y): returns the value of the pixel at location
                         x/y of the current plane.

       test
              Generate various test patterns.

       rgbtest[=width:height]
              Generate an RGB test pattern useful for detecting RGB vs BGR
              issues.  You should see a red, green and blue stripe from top to
              bottom.

                 <width>
                      Desired width of generated image (default: 0).  0 means
                      width of input image.

                 <height>
                      Desired height of generated image (default: 0).  0 means
                      height of input image.

       lavc[=quality:fps]
              Fast software YV12 to MPEG-1 conversion with libavcodec for use
              with DVB/DXR3/IVTV/V4L2.

                 <quality>
                      1-31: fixed qscale
                      32-:  fixed bitrate in kbits

                 <fps>
                      force output fps (float value) (default: 0, autodetect
                      based on height)

       dvbscale[=aspect]
              Set up optimal scaling for DVB cards, scaling the x axis in
              hardware and calculating the y axis scaling in software to keep
              aspect.  Only useful together with expand and scale.

                 <aspect>
                      Control aspect ratio, calculate as
                      DVB_HEIGHT*ASPECTRATIO (default: 576*4/3=768), set it to
                      576*(16/9)=1024 for a 16:9 TV.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf dvbscale,scale=-1:0,expand=-1:576:-1:-1:1,lavc
                      FIXME: Explain what this does.

       noise[=luma[u][t|a][h][p]:chroma[u][t|a][h][p]]
              Adds noise.
                 <0-100>
                      luma noise
                 <0-100>
                      chroma noise
                 u    uniform noise (gaussian otherwise)
                 t    temporal noise (noise pattern changes between frames)
                 a    averaged temporal noise (smoother, but a lot slower)
                 h    high quality (slightly better looking, slightly slower)
                 p    mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern

       denoise3d[=luma_spatial:chroma_spatial:luma_tmp:chroma_tmp]
              This filter aims to reduce image noise producing smooth images
              and making still images really still (This should enhance
              compressibility.).
                 <luma_spatial>
                      spatial luma strength (default: 4)
                 <chroma_spatial>
                      spatial chroma strength (default: 3)
                 <luma_tmp>
                      luma temporal strength (default: 6)
                 <chroma_tmp>
                      chroma temporal strength (default:
                      luma_tmp*chroma_spatial/luma_spatial)

       hqdn3d[=luma_spatial:chroma_spatial:luma_tmp:chroma_tmp]
              High precision/quality version of the denoise3d filter.
              Parameters and usage are the same.

       ow[=depth[:luma_strength[:chroma_strength]]]
              Overcomplete Wavelet denoiser.
                 <depth>
                      Larger depth values will denoise lower frequency
                      components more, but slow down filtering (default: 8).
                 <luma_strength>
                      luma strength (default: 1.0)
                 <chroma_strength>
                      chroma strength (default: 1.0)

       eq[=brightness:contrast] (OBSOLETE)
              Software equalizer with interactive controls just like the
              hardware equalizer, for cards/drivers that do not support
              brightness and contrast controls in hardware.  Might also be
              useful with MEncoder, either for fixing poorly captured movies,
              or for slightly reducing contrast to mask artifacts and get by
              with lower bitrates.
                 <-100-100>
                      initial brightness
                 <-100-100>
                      initial contrast

       eq2[=gamma:contrast:brightness:saturation:rg:gg:bg:weight]
              Alternative software equalizer that uses lookup tables (very
              slow), allowing gamma correction in addition to simple
              brightness and contrast adjustment.  Note that it uses the same
              MMX optimized code as -vf eq if all gamma values are 1.0.  The
              parameters are given as floating point values.
                 <0.1-10>
                      initial gamma value (default: 1.0)
                 <-2-2>
                      initial contrast, where negative values result in a
                      negative image (default: 1.0)
                 <-1-1>
                      initial brightness (default: 0.0)
                 <0-3>
                      initial saturation (default: 1.0)
                 <0.1-10>
                      gamma value for the red component (default: 1.0)
                 <0.1-10>
                      gamma value for the green component (default: 1.0)
                 <0.1-10>
                      gamma value for the blue component (default: 1.0)
                 <0-1>
                      The weight parameter can be used to reduce the effect of
                      a high gamma value on bright image areas, e.g. keep them
                      from getting overamplified and just plain white.  A
                      value of 0.0 turns the gamma correction all the way down
                      while 1.0 leaves it at its full strength (default: 1.0).

       hue[=hue:saturation]
              Software equalizer with interactive controls just like the
              hardware equalizer, for cards/drivers that do not support hue
              and saturation controls in hardware.
                 <-180-180>
                      initial hue (default: 0.0)
                 <-100-100>
                      initial saturation, where negative values result in a
                      negative chroma (default: 1.0)

       halfpack[=f]
              Convert planar YUV 4:2:0 to half-height packed 4:2:2,
              downsampling luma but keeping all chroma samples.  Useful for
              output to low-resolution display devices when hardware
              downscaling is poor quality or is not available.  Can also be
              used as a primitive luma-only deinterlacer with very low CPU
              usage.
                 <f>
                      By default, halfpack averages pairs of lines when
                      downsampling.  Any value different from 0 or 1 gives the
                      default (averaging) behavior.
                         0: Only use even lines when downsampling.
                         1: Only use odd lines when downsampling.

       ilpack[=mode]
              When interlaced video is stored in YUV 4:2:0 formats, chroma
              interlacing does not line up properly due to vertical
              downsampling of the chroma channels.  This filter packs the
              planar 4:2:0 data into YUY2 (4:2:2) format with the chroma lines
              in their proper locations, so that in any given scanline, the
              luma and chroma data both come from the same field.
                 <mode>
                      Select the sampling mode.
                         0: nearest-neighbor sampling, fast but incorrect
                         1: linear interpolation (default)

       harddup
              Only useful with MEncoder.  If harddup is used when encoding, it
              will force duplicate frames to be encoded in the output.  This
              uses slightly more space, but is necessary for output to MPEG
              files or if you plan to demux and remux the video stream after
              encoding.  Should be placed at or near the end of the filter
              chain unless you have a good reason to do otherwise.

       softskip
              Only useful with MEncoder.  Softskip moves the frame skipping
              (dropping) step of encoding from before the filter chain to some
              point during the filter chain.  This allows filters which need
              to see all frames (inverse telecine, temporal denoising, etc.)
              to function properly.  Should be placed after the filters which
              need to see all frames and before any subsequent filters that
              are CPU-intensive.

       decimate[=max:hi:lo:frac]
              Drops frames that do not differ greatly from the previous frame
              in order to reduce framerate.  The main use of this filter is
              for very-low-bitrate encoding (e.g. streaming over dialup
              modem), but it could in theory be used for fixing movies that
              were inverse-telecined incorrectly.
                 <max>
                      Sets the maximum number of consecutive frames which can
                      be dropped (if positive), or the minimum interval
                      between dropped frames (if negative).
                 <hi>,<lo>,<frac>
                      A frame is a candidate for dropping if no 8x8 region
                      differs by more than a threshold of <hi>, and if not
                      more than <frac> portion (1 meaning the whole image)
                      differs by more than a threshold of <lo>.  Values of
                      <hi> and <lo> are for 8x8 pixel blocks and represent
                      actual pixel value differences, so a threshold of 64
                      corresponds to 1 unit of difference for each pixel, or
                      the same spread out differently over the block.

       dint[=sense:level]
              The drop-deinterlace (dint) filter detects and drops the first
              from a set of interlaced video frames.
                 <0.0-1.0>
                      relative difference between neighboring pixels (default:
                      0.1)
                 <0.0-1.0>
                      What part of the image has to be detected as interlaced
                      to drop the frame (default: 0.15).

       lavcdeint (OBSOLETE)
              FFmpeg deinterlacing filter, same as -vf pp=fd

       kerndeint[=thresh[:map[:order[:sharp[:twoway]]]]]
              Donald Graft's adaptive kernel deinterlacer.  Deinterlaces parts
              of a video if a configurable threshold is exceeded.
                 <0-255>
                      threshold (default: 10)
                 <map>
                         0: Ignore pixels exceeding the threshold (default).
                         1: Paint pixels exceeding the threshold white.

                 <order>
                         0: Leave fields alone (default).
                         1: Swap fields.

                 <sharp>
                         0: Disable additional sharpening (default).
                         1: Enable additional sharpening.

                 <twoway>
                         0: Disable twoway sharpening (default).
                         1: Enable twoway sharpening.

       unsharp[=l|cWxH:amount[:l|cWxH:amount]]
              unsharp mask / gaussian blur

                 l
                      Apply effect on luma component.

                 c
                      Apply effect on chroma components.

                 <width>x<height>
                      width and height of the matrix, odd sized in both
                      directions (min = 3x3, max = 13x11 or 11x13, usually
                      something between 3x3 and 7x7)

                 amount
                      Relative amount of sharpness/blur to add to the image (a
                      sane range should be -1.5-1.5).
                         <0: blur
                         >0: sharpen

       swapuv
              Swap U & V plane.

       il[=d|i][s][:[d|i][s]]
              (De)interleaves lines.  The goal of this filter is to add the
              ability to process interlaced images pre-field without
              deinterlacing them.  You can filter your interlaced DVD and play
              it on a TV without breaking the interlacing.  While
              deinterlacing (with the postprocessing filter) removes
              interlacing permanently (by smoothing, averaging, etc)
              deinterleaving splits the frame into 2 fields (so called half
              pictures), so you can process (filter) them independently and
              then re-interleave them.
                 d    deinterleave (placing one above the other)
                 i    interleave
                 s    swap fields (exchange even & odd lines)

       fil[=i|d]
              (De)interleaves lines.  This filter is very similar to the il
              filter but much faster, the main disadvantage is that it does
              not always work.  Especially if combined with other filters it
              may produce randomly messed up images, so be happy if it works
              but do not complain if it does not for your combination of
              filters.
                 d    Deinterleave fields, placing them side by side.
                 i    Interleave fields again (reversing the effect of fil=d).

       field[=n]
              Extracts a single field from an interlaced image using stride
              arithmetic to avoid wasting CPU time.  The optional argument n
              specifies whether to extract the even or the odd field
              (depending on whether n is even or odd).

       detc[=var1=value1:var2=value2:...]
              Attempts to reverse the 'telecine' process to recover a clean,
              non-interlaced stream at film framerate.  This was the first and
              most primitive inverse telecine filter to be added to MPlayer/
              MEncoder.  It works by latching onto the telecine 3:2 pattern
              and following it as long as possible.  This makes it suitable
              for perfectly-telecined material, even in the presence of a fair
              degree of noise, but it will fail in the presence of complex
              post-telecine edits.  Development on this filter is no longer
              taking place, as ivtc, pullup, and filmdint are better for most
              applications.  The following arguments (see syntax above) may be
              used to control detc's behavior:

                 <dr>
                      Set the frame dropping mode.
                         0: Do not drop frames to maintain fixed output
                         framerate (default).
                         1: Always drop a frame when there have been no drops
                         or telecine merges in the past 5 frames.
                         2: Always maintain exact 5:4 input to output frame
                         ratio.
                         NOTE: Use mode 1 or 2 with MEncoder.

                 <am>
                      Analysis mode.
                         0: Fixed pattern with initial frame number specified
                         by <fr>.
                         1: aggressive search for telecine pattern (default)

                 <fr>
                      Set initial frame number in sequence.  0-2 are the three
                      clean progressive frames; 3 and 4 are the two interlaced
                      frames.  The default, -1, means 'not in telecine
                      sequence'.  The number specified here is the type for
                      the imaginary previous frame before the movie starts.

                 <t0>, <t1>, <t2>, <t3>
                      Threshold values to be used in certain modes.

       ivtc[=1]
              Experimental 'stateless' inverse telecine filter.  Rather than
              trying to lock on to a pattern like the detc filter does, ivtc
              makes its decisions independently for each frame.  This will
              give much better results for material that has undergone heavy
              editing after telecine was applied, but as a result it is not as
              forgiving of noisy input, for example TV capture.  The optional
              parameter (ivtc=1) corresponds to the dr=1 option for the detc
              filter, and should be used with MEncoder but not with MPlayer.
              As with detc, you must specify the correct output framerate
              (-ofps 24000/1001) when using MEncoder.  Further development on
              ivtc has stopped, as the pullup and filmdint filters appear to
              be much more accurate.

       pullup[=jl:jr:jt:jb:sb:mp]
              Third-generation pulldown reversal (inverse telecine) filter,
              capable of handling mixed hard-telecine, 24000/1001 fps
              progressive, and 30000/1001 fps progressive content.  The pullup
              filter is designed to be much more robust than detc or ivtc, by
              taking advantage of future context in making its decisions.
              Like ivtc, pullup is stateless in the sense that it does not
              lock onto a pattern to follow, but it instead looks forward to
              the following fields in order to identify matches and rebuild
              progressive frames.  It is still under development, but believed
              to be quite accurate.

                 jl, jr, jt, and jb
                      These options set the amount of "junk" to ignore at the
                      left, right, top, and bottom of the image, respectively.
                      Left/right are in units of 8 pixels, while top/bottom
                      are in units of 2 lines.  The default is 8 pixels on
                      each side.

                 sb (strict breaks)
                      Setting this option to 1 will reduce the chances of
                      pullup generating an occasional mismatched frame, but it
                      may also cause an excessive number of frames to be
                      dropped during high motion sequences.  Conversely,
                      setting it to -1 will make pullup match fields more
                      easily.  This may help processing of video where there
                      is slight blurring between the fields, but may also
                      cause there to be interlaced frames in the output.

                 mp (metric plane)
                      This option may be set to 1 or 2 to use a chroma plane
                      instead of the luma plane for doing pullup's
                      computations.  This may improve accuracy on very clean
                      source material, but more likely will decrease accuracy,
                      especially if there is chroma noise (rainbow effect) or
                      any grayscale video.  The main purpose of setting mp to
                      a chroma plane is to reduce CPU load and make pullup
                      usable in realtime on slow machines.

              NOTE: Always follow pullup with the softskip filter when
              encoding to ensure that pullup is able to see each frame.
              Failure to do so will lead to incorrect output and will usually
              crash, due to design limitations in the codec/filter layer.

       filmdint[=options]
              Inverse telecine filter, similar to the pullup filter above.  It
              is designed to handle any pulldown pattern, including mixed soft
              and hard telecine and limited support for movies that are slowed
              down or sped up from their original framerate for TV.  Only the
              luma plane is used to find the frame breaks.  If a field has no
              match, it is deinterlaced with simple linear approximation.  If
              the source is MPEG-2, this must be the first filter to allow
              access to the field-flags set by the MPEG-2 decoder.  Depending
              on the source MPEG, you may be fine ignoring this advice, as
              long as you do not see lots of "Bottom-first field" warnings.
              With no options it does normal inverse telecine, and should be
              used together with mencoder -fps 30000/1001 -ofps 24000/1001.
              When this filter is used with MPlayer, it will result in an
              uneven framerate during playback, but it is still generally
              better than using pp=lb or no deinterlacing at all.  Multiple
              options can be specified separated by /.

                 crop=<w>:<h>:<x>:<y>
                      Just like the crop filter, but faster, and works on
                      mixed hard and soft telecined content as well as when y
                      is not a multiple of 4.  If x or y would require
                      cropping fractional pixels from the chroma planes, the
                      crop area is extended.  This usually means that x and y
                      must be even.

                 io=<ifps>:<ofps>
                      For each ifps input frames the filter will output ofps
                      frames.  The ratio of ifps/ofps should match the
                      -fps/-ofps ratio.  This could be used to filter movies
                      that are broadcast on TV at a frame rate different from
                      their original framerate.

                 luma_only=<n>
                      If n is nonzero, the chroma plane is copied unchanged.
                      This is useful for YV12 sampled TV, which discards one
                      of the chroma fields.

                 mmx2=<n>
                      On x86, if n=1, use MMX2 optimized functions, if n=2,
                      use 3DNow!  optimized functions, otherwise, use plain C.
                      If this option is not specified, MMX2 and 3DNow! are
                      auto-detected, use this option to override auto-
                      detection.

                 fast=<n>
                      The larger n will speed up the filter at the expense of
                      accuracy.  The default value is n=3.  If n is odd, a
                      frame immediately following a frame marked with the
                      REPEAT_FIRST_FIELD MPEG flag is assumed to be
                      progressive, thus filter will not spend any time on
                      soft-telecined MPEG-2 content.  This is the only effect
                      of this flag if MMX2 or 3DNow! is available.  Without
                      MMX2 and 3DNow, if n=0 or 1, the same calculations will
                      be used as with n=2 or 3.  If n=2 or 3, the number of
                      luma levels used to find the frame breaks is reduced
                      from 256 to 128, which results in a faster filter
                      without losing much accuracy.  If n=4 or 5, a faster,
                      but much less accurate metric will be used to find the
                      frame breaks, which is more likely to misdetect high
                      vertical detail as interlaced content.

                 verbose=<n>
                      If n is nonzero, print the detailed metrics for each
                      frame.  Useful for debugging.

                 dint_thres=<n>
                      Deinterlace threshold.  Used during de-interlacing of
                      unmatched frames.  Larger value means less
                      deinterlacing, use n=256 to completely turn off
                      deinterlacing.  Default is n=8.

                 comb_thres=<n>
                      Threshold for comparing a top and bottom fields.
                      Defaults to 128.

                 diff_thres=<n>
                      Threshold to detect temporal change of a field.  Default
                      is 128.

                 sad_thres=<n>
                      Sum of Absolute Difference threshold, default is 64.

       softpulldown
              This filter works only correct with MEncoder and acts on the
              MPEG-2 flags used for soft 3:2 pulldown (soft telecine).  If you
              want to use the ivtc or detc filter on movies that are partly
              soft telecined, inserting this filter before them should make
              them more reliable.

       divtc[=options]
              Inverse telecine for deinterlaced video.  If 3:2-pulldown
              telecined video has lost one of the fields or is deinterlaced
              using a method that keeps one field and interpolates the other,
              the result is a juddering video that has every fourth frame
              duplicated.  This filter is intended to find and drop those
              duplicates and restore the original film framerate.  When using
              this filter, you must specify -ofps that is 4/5 of the fps of
              the input file and place the softskip later in the filter chain
              to make sure that divtc sees all the frames.  Two different
              modes are available: One pass mode is the default and is
              straightforward to use, but has the disadvantage that any
              changes in the telecine phase (lost frames or bad edits) cause
              momentary judder until the filter can resync again.  Two pass
              mode avoids this by analyzing the whole video beforehand so it
              will have forward knowledge about the phase changes and can
              resync at the exact spot.  These passes do not correspond to
              pass one and two of the encoding process.  You must run an extra
              pass using divtc pass one before the actual encoding throwing
              the resulting video away.  Use -nosound -ovc raw -o /dev/null to
              avoid wasting CPU power for this pass.  You may add something
              like crop=2:2:0:0 after divtc to speed things up even more.
              Then use divtc pass two for the actual encoding.  If you use
              multiple encoder passes, use divtc pass two for all of them.
              The options are:

                 pass=1|2
                      Use two pass mode.

                 file=<filename>
                      Set the two pass log filename (default:
                      "framediff.log").

                 threshold=<value>
                      Set the minimum strength the telecine pattern must have
                      for the filter to believe in it (default: 0.5).  This is
                      used to avoid recognizing false pattern from the parts
                      of the video that are very dark or very still.

                 window=<numframes>
                      Set the number of past frames to look at when searching
                      for pattern (default: 30).  Longer window improves the
                      reliability of the pattern search, but shorter window
                      improves the reaction time to the changes in the
                      telecine phase.  This only affects the one pass mode.
                      The two pass mode currently uses fixed window that
                      extends to both future and past.

                 phase=0|1|2|3|4
                      Sets the initial telecine phase for one pass mode
                      (default: 0).  The two pass mode can see the future, so
                      it is able to use the correct phase from the beginning,
                      but one pass mode can only guess.  It catches the
                      correct phase when it finds it, but this option can be
                      used to fix the possible juddering at the beginning.
                      The first pass of the two pass mode also uses this, so
                      if you save the output from the first pass, you get
                      constant phase result.

                 deghost=<value>
                      Set the deghosting threshold (0-255 for one pass mode,
                      -255-255 for two pass mode, default 0).  If nonzero,
                      deghosting mode is used.  This is for video that has
                      been deinterlaced by blending the fields together
                      instead of dropping one of the fields.  Deghosting
                      amplifies any compression artifacts in the blended
                      frames, so the parameter value is used as a threshold to
                      exclude those pixels from deghosting that differ from
                      the previous frame less than specified value.  If two
                      pass mode is used, then negative value can be used to
                      make the filter analyze the whole video in the beginning
                      of pass-2 to determine whether it needs deghosting or
                      not and then select either zero or the absolute value of
                      the parameter.  Specify this option for pass-2, it makes
                      no difference on pass-1.

       phase[=t|b|p|a|u|T|B|A|U][:v]
              Delay interlaced video by one field time so that the field order
              changes.  The intended use is to fix PAL movies that have been
              captured with the opposite field order to the film-to-video
              transfer.  The options are:

                 t    Capture field order top-first, transfer bottom-first.
                      Filter will delay the bottom field.

                 b    Capture bottom-first, transfer top-first.  Filter will
                      delay the top field.

                 p    Capture and transfer with the same field order.  This
                      mode only exists for the documentation of the other
                      options to refer to, but if you actually select it, the
                      filter will faithfully do nothing ;-)

                 a    Capture field order determined automatically by field
                      flags, transfer opposite.  Filter selects among t and b
                      modes on a frame by frame basis using field flags.  If
                      no field information is available, then this works just
                      like u.

                 u    Capture unknown or varying, transfer opposite.  Filter
                      selects among t and b on a frame by frame basis by
                      analyzing the images and selecting the alternative that
                      produces best match between the fields.

                 T    Capture top-first, transfer unknown or varying.  Filter
                      selects among t and p using image analysis.

                 B    Capture bottom-first, transfer unknown or varying.
                      Filter selects among b and p using image analysis.

                 A    Capture determined by field flags, transfer unknown or
                      varying.  Filter selects among t, b and p using field
                      flags and image analysis.  If no field information is
                      available, then this works just like U.  This is the
                      default mode.

                 U    Both capture and transfer unknown or varying.  Filter
                      selects among t, b and p using image analysis only.

                 v    Verbose operation.  Prints the selected mode for each
                      frame and the average squared difference between fields
                      for t, b, and p alternatives.

       telecine[=start]
              Apply 3:2 'telecine' process to increase framerate by 20%.  This
              most likely will not work correctly with MPlayer, but it can be
              used with 'mencoder -fps 30000/1001 -ofps 30000/1001 -vf
              telecine'.  Both fps options are essential!  (A/V sync will
              break if they are wrong.)  The optional start parameter tells
              the filter where in the telecine pattern to start (0-3).

       tinterlace[=mode]
              Temporal field interlacing - merge pairs of frames into an
              interlaced frame, halving the framerate.  Even frames are moved
              into the upper field, odd frames to the lower field.  This can
              be used to fully reverse the effect of the tfields filter (in
              mode 0).  Available modes are:
                 0    Move odd frames into the upper field, even into the
                      lower field, generating a full-height frame at half
                      framerate.
                 1    Only output odd frames, even frames are dropped; height
                      unchanged.
                 2    Only output even frames, odd frames are dropped; height
                      unchanged.
                 3    Expand each frame to full height, but pad alternate
                      lines with black; framerate unchanged.
                 4    Interleave even lines from even frames with odd lines
                      from odd frames.  Height unchanged at half framerate.

       tfields[=mode[:field_dominance]]
              Temporal field separation - split fields into frames, doubling
              the output framerate.  Like the telecine filter, tfields might
              not work completely right unless used with MEncoder and both
              -fps and -ofps set to the desired (double) framerate!
                 <mode>
                      0: Leave fields unchanged (will jump/flicker).
                      1: Interpolate missing lines. (The algorithm used might
                      not be so good.)
                      2: Translate fields by 1/4 pixel with linear
                      interpolation (no jump).
                      4: Translate fields by 1/4 pixel with 4tap filter
                      (higher quality) (default).
                 <field_dominance> (DEPRECATED)
                      -1: auto (default) Only works if the decoder exports the
                      appropriate information and no other filters which
                      discard that information come before tfields in the
                      filter chain, otherwise it falls back to 0 (top field
                      first).
                      0: top field first
                      1: bottom field first
                      NOTE: This option will possibly be removed in a future
                      version.  Use -field-dominance instead.

       yadif=[mode[:field_dominance]]
              Yet another deinterlacing filter
                 <mode>
                      0: Output 1 frame for each frame.
                      1: Output 1 frame for each field.
                      2: Like 0 but skips spatial interlacing check.
                      3: Like 1 but skips spatial interlacing check.
                 <field_dominance> (DEPRECATED)
                      Operates like tfields.
                      NOTE: This option will possibly be removed in a future
                      version.  Use -field-dominance instead.

       mcdeint=[mode[:parity[:qp]]]
              Motion compensating deinterlacer.  It needs one field per frame
              as input and must thus be used together with tfields=1 or
              yadif=1/3 or equivalent.
                 <mode>
                      0: fast
                      1: medium
                      2: slow, iterative motion estimation
                      3: extra slow, like 2 plus multiple reference frames
                 <parity>
                      0 or 1 selects which field to use (note: no
                      autodetection yet!).
                 <qp>
                      Higher values should result in a smoother motion vector
                      field but less optimal individual vectors.

       boxblur=radius:power[:radius:power]
              box blur
                 <radius>
                      blur filter strength
                 <power>
                      number of filter applications

       sab=radius:pf:colorDiff[:radius:pf:colorDiff]
              shape adaptive blur
                 <radius>
                      blur filter strength (~0.1-4.0) (slower if larger)
                 <pf>
                      prefilter strength (~0.1-2.0)
                 <colorDiff>
                      maximum difference between pixels to still be considered
                      (~0.1-100.0)

       smartblur=radius:strength:threshold[:radius:strength:threshold]
              smart blur
                 <radius>
                      blur filter strength (~0.1-5.0) (slower if larger)
                 <strength>
                      blur (0.0-1.0) or sharpen (-1.0-0.0)
                 <threshold>
                      filter all (0), filter flat areas (0-30) or filter edges
                      (-30-0)

       perspective=x0:y0:x1:y1:x2:y2:x3:y3:t
              Correct the perspective of movies not filmed perpendicular to
              the screen.
                 <x0>,<y0>,...
                      coordinates of the top left, top right, bottom left,
                      bottom right corners
                 <t>
                      linear (0) or cubic resampling (1)

       2xsai
              Scale and smooth the image with the 2x scale and interpolate
              algorithm.

       1bpp
              1bpp bitmap to YUV/BGR 8/15/16/32 conversion

       down3dright[=lines]
              Reposition and resize stereoscopic images.  Extracts both stereo
              fields and places them side by side, resizing them to maintain
              the original movie aspect.
                 <lines>
                      number of lines to select from the middle of the image
                      (default: 12)

       bmovl=hidden:opaque:fifo
              The bitmap overlay filter reads bitmaps from a FIFO and displays
              them on top of the movie, allowing some transformations on the
              image.  Also see TOOLS/bmovl-test.c for a small bmovl test
              program.
                 <hidden>
                      Set the default value of the 'hidden' flag (0=visible,
                      1=hidden).
                 <opaque>
                      Set the default value of the 'opaque' flag
                      (0=transparent, 1=opaque).
                 <fifo>
                      path/filename for the FIFO (named pipe connecting
                      'mplayer -vf bmovl' to the controlling application)

              FIFO commands are:
                 RGBA32 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
                      followed by width*height*4 Bytes of raw RGBA32 data.
                 ABGR32 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
                      followed by width*height*4 Bytes of raw ABGR32 data.
                 RGB24 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
                      followed by width*height*3 Bytes of raw RGB24 data.
                 BGR24 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
                      followed by width*height*3 Bytes of raw BGR24 data.
                 ALPHA width height xpos ypos alpha
                      Change alpha transparency of the specified area.
                 CLEAR width height xpos ypos
                      Clear area.
                 OPAQUE
                      Disable all alpha transparency.  Send "ALPHA 0 0 0 0 0"
                      to enable it again.
                 HIDE
                      Hide bitmap.
                 SHOW
                      Show bitmap.

              Arguments are:
                 <width>, <height>
                      image/area size
                 <xpos>, <ypos>
                      Start blitting at position x/y.
                 <alpha>
                      Set alpha difference.  If you set this to -255 you can
                      then send a sequence of ALPHA-commands to set the area
                      to -225, -200, -175 etc for a nice fade-in-effect! ;)
                         0:    same as original
                         255:  Make everything opaque.
                         -255: Make everything transparent.

                 <clear>
                      Clear the framebuffer before blitting.
                         0: The image will just be blitted on top of the old
                         one, so you do not need to send 1.8MB of RGBA32 data
                         every time a small part of the screen is updated.
                         1: clear

       framestep=I|[i]step
              Renders only every nth frame or every intra frame (keyframe).

              If you call the filter with I (uppercase) as the parameter, then
              only keyframes are rendered.  For DVDs it generally means one in
              every 15/12 frames (IBBPBBPBBPBBPBB), for AVI it means every
              scene change or every keyint value (see -lavcopts keyint= value
              if you use MEncoder to encode the video).

              When a keyframe is found, an 'I!' string followed by a newline
              character is printed, leaving the current line of MPlayer/
              MEncoder output on the screen, because it contains the time (in
              seconds) and frame number of the keyframe (You can use this
              information to split the AVI.).

              If you call the filter with a numeric parameter 'step' then only
              one in every 'step' frames is rendered.

              If you put an 'i' (lowercase) before the number then an 'I!' is
              printed (like the I parameter).

              If you give only the i then nothing is done to the frames, only
              I! is printed.

       tile=xtiles:ytiles:output:start:delta
              Tile a series of images into a single, bigger image.  If you
              omit a parameter or use a value less than 0, then the default
              value is used.  You can also stop when you are satisfied (...
              -vf tile=10:5 ...).  It is probably a good idea to put the scale
              filter before the tile :-)

              The parameters are:

                 <xtiles>
                      number of tiles on the x axis (default: 5)
                 <ytiles>
                      number of tiles on the y axis (default: 5)
                 <output>
                      Render the tile when 'output' number of frames are
                      reached, where 'output' should be a number less than
                      xtile * ytile.  Missing tiles are left blank.  You
                      could, for example, write an 8 * 7 tile every 50 frames
                      to have one image every 2 seconds @ 25 fps.
                 <start>
                      outer border thickness in pixels (default: 2)
                 <delta>
                      inner border thickness in pixels (default: 4)

       delogo[=x:y:w:h:t]
              Suppresses a TV station logo by a simple interpolation of the
              surrounding pixels.  Just set a rectangle covering the logo and
              watch it disappear (and sometimes something even uglier appear -
              your mileage may vary).
                 <x>,<y>
                      top left corner of the logo
                 <w>,<h>
                      width and height of the cleared rectangle
                 <t>  Thickness of the fuzzy edge of the rectangle (added to w
                      and h).  When set to -1, a green rectangle is drawn on
                      the screen to simplify finding the right x,y,w,h
                      parameters.

       remove-logo=/path/to/logo_bitmap_file_name.pgm
              Suppresses a TV station logo, using a PGM or PPM image file to
              determine which pixels comprise the logo.  The width and height
              of the image file must match those of the video stream being
              processed.  Uses the filter image and a circular blur algorithm
              to remove the logo.

                 /path/to/logo_bitmap_file_name.pgm
                      [path] + filename of the filter image.

       zrmjpeg[=options]
              Software YV12 to MJPEG encoder for use with the zr2 video output
              device.

                 maxheight=<h>|maxwidth=<w>
                      These options set the maximum width and height the zr
                      card can handle (the MPlayer filter layer currently
                      cannot query those).

                 {dc10+,dc10,buz,lml33}-{PAL|NTSC}
                      Use these options to set maxwidth and maxheight
                      automatically to the values known for card/mode combo.
                      For example, valid options are: dc10-PAL and buz-NTSC
                      (default: dc10+PAL)

                 color|bw
                      Select color or black and white encoding.  Black and
                      white encoding is faster.  Color is the default.

                 hdec={1,2,4}
                      Horizontal decimation 1, 2 or 4.

                 vdec={1,2,4}
                      Vertical decimation 1, 2 or 4.

                 quality=1-20
                      Set JPEG compression quality [BEST] 1 - 20 [VERY BAD].

                 fd|nofd
                      By default, decimation is only performed if the Zoran
                      hardware can upscale the resulting MJPEG images to the
                      original size.  The option fd instructs the filter to
                      always perform the requested decimation (ugly).

       screenshot
              Allows acquiring screenshots of the movie using slave mode
              commands that can be bound to keypresses.  See the slave mode
              documentation and the INTERACTIVE CONTROL section for details.
              Files named 'shotNNNN.png' will be saved in the working
              directory, using the first available number - no files will be
              overwritten.  The filter has no overhead when not used and
              accepts an arbitrary colorspace, so it is safe to add it to the
              configuration file.  Make sure that the screenshot filter is
              added after all other filters whose effect you want to record on
              the saved image.  E.g. it should be the last filter if you want
              to have an exact screenshot of what you see on the monitor.

       ass
              Moves SSA/ASS subtitle rendering to an arbitrary point in the
              filter chain.  Only useful with the -ass option.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf ass,screenshot
                      Moves SSA/ASS rendering before the screenshot filter.
                      Screenshots taken this way will contain subtitles.

       blackframe[=amount:threshold]
              Detect frames that are (almost) completely black.  Can be useful
              to detect chapter transitions or commercials.  Output lines
              consist of the frame number of the detected frame, the
              percentage of blackness, the frame type and the frame number of
              the last encountered keyframe.

                 <amount>
                      Percentage of the pixels that have to be below the
                      threshold (default: 98).

                 <threshold>
                      Threshold below which a pixel value is considered black
                      (default: 32).

       stereo3d[=in:out]
              Stereo3d converts between different stereoscopic image formats.

                 <in> Stereoscopic image format of input. Possible values:
                      sbsl or side_by_side_left_first
                             side by side parallel (left eye left, right eye
                             right)
                      sbsr or side_by_side_right_first
                             side by side crosseye (right eye left, left eye
                             right)
                      abl or above_below_left_first
                             above-below (left eye above, right eye below)
                      abl or above_below_right_first
                             above-below (right eye above, left eye below)
                      ab2l or above_below_half_height_left_first
                             above-below with half height resolution (left eye
                             above, right eye below)
                      ab2r or above_below_half_height_right_first
                             above-below with half height resolution (right
                             eye above, left eye below)

                 <out>
                      Stereoscopic image format of output. Possible values are
                      all the input formats as well as:
                      arcg or anaglyph_red_cyan_gray
                             anaglyph red/cyan gray (red filter on left eye,
                             cyan filter on right eye)
                      arch or anaglyph_red_cyan_half_color
                             anaglyph red/cyan half colored (red filter on
                             left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
                      arcc or anaglyph_red_cyan_color
                             anaglyph red/cyan color (red filter on left eye,
                             cyan filter on right eye)
                      arcd or anaglyph_red_cyan_dubois
                             anaglyph red/cyan color optimized with the least
                             squares projection of dubois (red filter on left
                             eye, cyan filter on right eye)
                      agmg or anaglyph_green_magenta_gray
                             anaglyph green/magenta gray (green filter on left
                             eye, magenta filter on right eye)
                      agmh or anaglyph_green_magenta_half_color
                             anaglyph green/magenta half colored (green filter
                             on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
                      agmc or anaglyph_green_magenta_color
                             anaglyph green/magenta colored (green filter on
                             left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
                      aybg or anaglyph_yellow_blue_gray
                             anaglyph yellow/blue gray (yellow filter on left
                             eye, blue filter on right eye)
                      aybh or anaglyph_yellow_blue_half_color
                             anaglyph yellow/blue half colored (yellow filter
                             on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
                      aybc or anaglyph_yellow_blue_color
                             anaglyph yellow/blue colored (yellow filter on
                             left eye, blue filter on right eye)
                      ml or mono_left
                             mono output (left eye only)
                      mr or mono_right
                             mono output (right eye only)

       gradfun[=strength[:radius]]
              Fix the banding artifacts that are sometimes introduced into
              nearly flat regions by truncation to 8bit colordepth.
              Interpolates the gradients that should go where the bands are,
              and dithers them.

              This filter is designed for playback only.  Do not use it prior
              to lossy compression, because compression tends to lose the
              dither and bring back the bands.

                 <strength>
                      Maximum amount by which the filter will change any one
                      pixel.  Also the threshold for detecting nearly flat
                      regions (default: 1.2).

                 <radius>
                      Neighborhood to fit the gradient to.  Larger radius
                      makes for smoother gradients, but also prevents the
                      filter from modifying pixels near detailed regions
                      (default: 16).

       fixpts[=options]
              Fixes the presentation timestamps (PTS) of the frames.  By
              default, the PTS passed to the next filter is dropped, but the
              following options can change that:

                 print
                      Print the incoming PTS.

                 fps=<fps>
                      Specify a frame per second value.

                 start=<pts>
                      Specify an initial value for the PTS.

                 autostart=<n>
                      Uses the nth incoming PTS as the initial PTS.  All
                      previous PTS are kept, so setting a huge value or -1
                      keeps the PTS intact.

                 autofps=<n>
                      Uses the nth incoming PTS after the end of autostart to
                      determine the framerate.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf fixpts=fps=24000/1001,ass,fixpts
                      Generates a new sequence of PTS, uses it for ASS
                      subtitles, then drops it.  Generating a new sequence is
                      useful when the timestamps are reset during the program;
                      this is frequent on DVDs.  Dropping it may be necessary
                      to avoid confusing encoders.

              NOTE: Using this filter together with any sort of seeking
              (including -ss and EDLs) may make demons fly out of your nose.

GENERAL ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)
       -audio-delay <any floating-point number>
              Delays either audio or video by setting a delay field in the
              header (default: 0.0).  This does not delay either stream while
              encoding, but the player will see the delay field and compensate
              accordingly.  Positive values delay the audio, and negative
              values delay the video.  Note that this is the exact opposite of
              the -delay option.  For example, if a video plays correctly with
              -delay 0.2, you can fix the video with MEncoder by using
              -audio-delay -0.2.

              Currently, this option only works with the default muxer (-of
              avi).  If you are using a different muxer, then you must use
              -delay instead.

       -audio-density <1-50>
              Number of audio chunks per second (default is 2 for 0.5s long
              audio chunks).
              NOTE: CBR only, VBR ignores this as it puts each packet in a new
              chunk.

       -audio-preload <0.0-2.0>
              Sets up the audio buffering time interval (default: 0.5s).

       -fafmttag <format>
              Can be used to override the audio format tag of the output file.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -fafmttag 0x55
                      Will have the output file contain 0x55 (mp3) as audio
                      format tag.

       -ffourcc <fourcc>
              Can be used to override the video fourcc of the output file.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ffourcc div3
                      Will have the output file contain 'div3' as video
                      fourcc.

       -force-avi-aspect <0.2-3.0>
              Override the aspect stored in the AVI OpenDML vprp header.  This
              can be used to change the aspect ratio with '-ovc copy'.

       -frameno-file <filename> (DEPRECATED)
              Specify the name of the audio file with framenumber mappings
              created in the first (audio only) pass of a special three pass
              encoding mode.
              NOTE: Using this mode will most likely give you A-V desync.  Do
              not use it.  It is kept for backwards compatibility only and
              will possibly be removed in a future version.

       -hr-edl-seek
              Use a more precise, but much slower method for skipping areas.
              Areas marked for skipping are not seeked over, instead all
              frames are decoded, but only the necessary frames are encoded.
              This allows starting at non-keyframe boundaries.
              NOTE: Not guaranteed to work right with '-ovc copy'.

       -info <option1:option2:...> (AVI only)
              Specify the info header of the resulting AVI file.

              Available options are:

                 help
                      Show this description.

                 name=<value>
                      title of the work

                 artist=<value>
                      artist or author of the work

                 genre=<value>
                      original work category

                 subject=<value>
                      contents of the work

                 copyright=<value>
                      copyright information

                 srcform=<value>
                      original format of the digitized material

                 comment=<value>
                      general comments about the work

       -noautoexpand
              Do not automatically insert the expand filter into the MEncoder
              filter chain.  Useful to control at which point of the filter
              chain subtitles are rendered when hardcoding subtitles onto a
              movie.

       -noencodedups
              Do not attempt to encode duplicate frames in duplicate; always
              output zero-byte frames to indicate duplicates.  Zero-byte
              frames will be written anyway unless a filter or encoder capable
              of doing duplicate encoding is loaded.  Currently the only such
              filter is harddup.

       -noodml (-of avi only)
              Do not write OpenDML index for AVI files >1GB.

       -noskip
              Do not skip frames.

       -o <filename>
              Outputs to the given filename.
              If you want a default output filename, you can put this option
              in the MEncoder config file.

       -oac <codec name>
              Encode with the given audio codec (no default set).
              NOTE: Use -oac help to get a list of available audio codecs.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -oac copy
                      no encoding, just streamcopy
                 -oac pcm
                      Encode to uncompressed PCM.
                 -oac mp3lame
                      Encode to MP3 (using LAME).
                 -oac lavc
                      Encode with a libavcodec codec.

       -of <format> (BETA CODE!)
              Encode to the specified container format (default: AVI).
              NOTE: Use -of help to get a list of available container formats.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -of avi
                      Encode to AVI.
                 -of mpeg
                      Encode to MPEG (also see -mpegopts).
                 -of lavf
                      Encode with libavformat muxers (also see -lavfopts).
                 -of rawvideo
                      raw video stream (no muxing - one video stream only)
                 -of rawaudio
                      raw audio stream (no muxing - one audio stream only)

       -ofps <fps>
              Specify a frames per second (fps) value for the output file,
              which can be different from that of the source material.  Must
              be set for variable fps (ASF, some MOV) and progressive
              (30000/1001 fps telecined MPEG) files.

       -ovc <codec name>
              Encode with the given video codec (no default set).
              NOTE: Use -ovc help to get a list of available video codecs.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ovc copy
                      no encoding, just streamcopy
                 -ovc raw
                      Encode to an arbitrary uncompressed format (use '-vf
                      format' to select).
                 -ovc lavc
                      Encode with a libavcodec codec.

       -passlogfile <filename>
              Dump first pass information to <filename> instead of the default
              divx2pass.log in two pass encoding mode.

       -skiplimit <value>
              Specify the maximum number of frames that may be skipped after
              encoding one frame (-noskiplimit for unlimited).

       -vobsubout <basename>
              Specify the basename for the output .idx and .sub files.  This
              turns off subtitle rendering in the encoded movie and diverts it
              to VOBsub subtitle files.

       -vobsuboutid <langid>
              Specify the language two letter code for the subtitles.  This
              overrides what is read from the DVD or the .ifo file.

       -vobsuboutindex <index>
              Specify the index of the subtitles in the output files (default:
              0).

       -force-key-frames <time>,<time>,...
              Force key frames at the specified timestamps, more precisely at
              the first frame after each specified time.

              This option can be used to ensure that a seek point is present
              at a chapter mark or any other designated place in the output
              file.

              The timestamps must be specified in ascending order.

              Since MEncoder does not send timestamps along the filter chain,
              you probably need to use the fixpts filter for this option to
              work.

              Not all codecs support forced key frames.  Currently, support is
              only implemented for the following encoders: lavc, x264, xvid.

CODEC SPECIFIC ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)
       You can specify codec specific encoding parameters using the following
       syntax:

       -<codec>opts <option1[=value1]:option2[=value2]:...>

       Where <codec> may be: lavc, xvidenc, mp3lame, toolame, twolame, nuv,
       xvfw, faac, x264enc, mpeg, lavf.

   mp3lame (-lameopts)
       help
              get help

       vbr=<0-4>
              variable bitrate method
                 0    cbr
                 1    mt
                 2    rh (default)
                 3    abr
                 4    mtrh

       abr
              average bitrate

       cbr
              constant bitrate Also forces CBR mode encoding on subsequent ABR
              presets modes.

       br=<0-1024>
              bitrate in kbps (CBR and ABR only)

       q=<0-9>
              quality (0 - highest, 9 - lowest) (VBR only)

       aq=<0-9>
              algorithmic quality (0 - best/slowest, 9 - worst/fastest)

       ratio=<1-100>
              compression ratio

       vol=<0-10>
              audio input gain

       mode=<0-3>
              (default: auto)
                 0    stereo
                 1    joint-stereo
                 2    dualchannel
                 3    mono

       padding=<0-2>
                 0    none
                 1    all
                 2    adjust

       fast
              Switch on faster encoding on subsequent VBR presets modes.  This
              results in slightly lower quality and higher bitrates.

       highpassfreq=<freq>
              Set a highpass filtering frequency in Hz.  Frequencies below the
              specified one will be cut off.  A value of -1 will disable
              filtering, a value of 0 will let LAME choose values
              automatically.

       lowpassfreq=<freq>
              Set a lowpass filtering frequency in Hz.  Frequencies above the
              specified one will be cut off.  A value of -1 will disable
              filtering, a value of 0 will let LAME choose values
              automatically.

       preset=<value>
              preset values

                 help
                      Print additional options and information about presets
                      settings.

                 medium
                      VBR encoding, good quality, 150-180 kbps bitrate range

                 standard
                      VBR encoding, high quality, 170-210 kbps bitrate range

                 extreme
                      VBR encoding, very high quality, 200-240 kbps bitrate
                      range

                 insane
                      CBR encoding, highest preset quality, 320 kbps bitrate

                 <8-320>
                      ABR encoding at average given kbps bitrate

              EXAMPLES:
                 fast:preset=standard
                      suitable for most people and most music types and
                      already quite high quality
                 cbr:preset=192
                      Encode with ABR presets at a 192 kbps forced constant
                      bitrate.
                 preset=172
                      Encode with ABR presets at a 172 kbps average bitrate.
                 preset=extreme
                      for people with extremely good hearing and similar
                      equipment

   toolame and twolame (-toolameopts and -twolameopts respectively)
       br=<32-384>
              In CBR mode this parameter indicates the bitrate in kbps, when
              in VBR mode it is the minimum bitrate allowed per frame.  VBR
              mode will not work with a value below 112.

       vbr=<-50-50> (VBR only)
              variability range; if negative the encoder shifts the average
              bitrate towards the lower limit, if positive towards the higher.
              When set to 0 CBR is used (default).

       maxvbr=<32-384> (VBR only)
              maximum bitrate allowed per frame, in kbps

       mode=<stereo | jstereo | mono | dual>
              (default: mono for 1-channel audio, stereo otherwise)

       psy=<-1-4>
              psychoacoustic model (default: 2)

       errprot=<0 | 1>
              Include error protection.

       debug=<0-10>
              debug level

   faac (-faacopts)
       br=<bitrate>
              average bitrate in kbps (mutually exclusive with quality)

       quality=<1-1000>
              quality mode, the higher the better (mutually exclusive with br)

       object=<1-4>
              object type complexity
                 1    MAIN (default)
                 2    LOW
                 3    SSR
                 4    LTP (extremely slow)

       mpeg=<2|4>
              MPEG version (default: 4)

       tns
              Enables temporal noise shaping.

       cutoff=<0-sampling_rate/2>
              cutoff frequency (default: sampling_rate/2)

       raw
              Stores the bitstream as raw payload with extradata in the
              container header (default: 0, corresponds to ADTS).  Do not set
              this flag if not explicitly required or you will not be able to
              remux the audio stream later on.

   lavc (-lavcopts)
       Many libavcodec (lavc for short) options are tersely documented.  Read
       the source for full details.

       EXAMPLE:
                 vcodec=msmpeg4:vbitrate=1800:vhq:keyint=250

       o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass AVOptions to libavcodec encoder.  Note, a patch to make the
              o= unneeded and pass all unknown options through the AVOption
              system is welcome.  A full list of AVOptions can be found in the
              FFmpeg manual.  Note that some AVOptions may conflict with
              MEncoder options.

              EXAMPLE:
                 o=bt=100k

       acodec=<value>
              audio codec (default: mp2)
                 ac3
                      Dolby Digital (AC-3)
                 adpcm_*
                      Adaptive PCM formats - see the HTML documentation for
                      details.
                 flac
                      Free Lossless Audio Codec (FLAC)
                 g726
                      G.726 ADPCM
                 libfaac
                      Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) - using FAAC
                 libmp3lame
                      MPEG-1 audio layer 3 (MP3) - using LAME
                 mp2
                      MPEG-1 audio layer 2 (MP2)
                 pcm_*
                      PCM formats - see the HTML documentation for details.
                 roq_dpcm
                      Id Software RoQ DPCM
                 sonic
                      experimental simple lossy codec
                 sonicls
                      experimental simple lossless codec
                 vorbis
                      Vorbis
                 wmav1
                      Windows Media Audio v1
                 wmav2
                      Windows Media Audio v2

       abitrate=<value>
              audio bitrate in kbps (default: 224)

       atag=<value>
              Use the specified Windows audio format tag (e.g. atag=0x55).

       bit_exact
              Use only bit exact algorithms (except (I)DCT).  Additionally
              bit_exact disables several optimizations and thus should only be
              used for regression tests, which need binary identical files
              even if the encoder version changes.  This also suppresses the
              user_data header in MPEG-4 streams.  Do not use this option
              unless you know exactly what you are doing.

       threads=<1-8>
              Maximum number of threads to use (default: 1).  May have a
              slight negative effect on motion estimation.

       vcodec=<value>
              Employ the specified codec (default: mpeg4).
                 asv1
                      ASUS Video v1
                 asv2
                      ASUS Video v2
                 dvvideo
                      Sony Digital Video
                 ffv1
                      FFmpeg's lossless video codec
                 ffvhuff
                      nonstandard 20% smaller HuffYUV using YV12
                 flv
                      Sorenson H.263 used in Flash Video
                 h261
                      H.261
                 h263
                      H.263
                 h263p
                      H.263+
                 huffyuv
                      HuffYUV
                 libtheora
                      Theora
                 libx264
                      x264 H.264/AVC MPEG-4 Part 10
                 libxvid
                      Xvid MPEG-4 Part 2 (ASP)
                 ljpeg
                      Lossless JPEG
                 mjpeg
                      Motion JPEG
                 mpeg1video
                      MPEG-1 video
                 mpeg2video
                      MPEG-2 video
                 mpeg4
                      MPEG-4 (DivX 4/5)
                 msmpeg4
                      DivX 3
                 msmpeg4v2
                      MS MPEG4v2
                 roqvideo
                      ID Software RoQ Video
                 rv10
                      an old RealVideo codec
                 snow (also see: vstrict)
                      FFmpeg's experimental wavelet-based codec
                 svq1
                      Apple Sorenson Video 1
                 wmv1
                      Windows Media Video, version 1 (AKA WMV7)
                 wmv2
                      Windows Media Video, version 2 (AKA WMV8)

       vqmin=<1-31>
              minimum quantizer

                 1    Not recommended (much larger file, little quality
                      difference and weird side effects: msmpeg4, h263 will be
                      very low quality, ratecontrol will be confused resulting
                      in lower quality and some decoders will not be able to
                      decode it).

                 2    Recommended for normal mpeg4/mpeg1video encoding
                      (default).

                 3    Recommended for h263(p)/msmpeg4.  The reason for
                      preferring 3 over 2 is that 2 could lead to overflows.
                      (This will be fixed for h263(p) by changing the
                      quantizer per MB in the future, msmpeg4 cannot be fixed
                      as it does not support that.)

       lmin=<0.01-255.0>
              Minimum frame-level Lagrange multiplier for ratecontrol
              (default: 2.0).  Lavc will rarely use quantizers below the value
              of lmin.  Lowering lmin will make lavc more likely to choose
              lower quantizers for some frames, but not lower than the value
              of vqmin.  Likewise, raising lmin will make lavc less likely to
              choose low quantizers, even if vqmin would have allowed them.
              You probably want to set lmin approximately equal to vqmin.
              When adaptive quantization is in use, changing lmin/lmax may
              have less of an effect; see mblmin/mblmax.

       lmax=<0.01-255.0>
              maximum Lagrange multiplier for ratecontrol (default: 31.0)

       mblmin=<0.01-255.0>
              Minimum macroblock-level Lagrange multiplier for ratecontrol
              (default:2.0).  This parameter affects adaptive quantization
              options like qprd, lumi_mask, etc..

       mblmax=<0.01-255.0>
              Maximum macroblock-level Lagrange multiplier for ratecontrol
              (default: 31.0).

       vqscale=<0-31>
              Constant quantizer / constant quality encoding (selects fixed
              quantizer mode).  A lower value means better quality but larger
              files (default: -1).  In case of snow codec, value 0 means
              lossless encoding.  Since the other codecs do not support this,
              vqscale=0 will have an undefined effect.  1 is not recommended
              (see vqmin for details).

       vqmax=<1-31>
              Maximum quantizer, 10-31 should be a sane range (default: 31).

       mbqmin=<1-31>
              obsolete, use vqmin

       mbqmax=<1-31>
              obsolete, use vqmax

       vqdiff=<1-31>
              maximum quantizer difference between consecutive I- or P-frames
              (default: 3)

       vmax_b_frames=<0-4>
              maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames:
                 0    no B-frames (default)
                 0-2  sane range for MPEG-4

       vme=<0-5>
              motion estimation method.  Available methods are:
                 0    none (very low quality)
                 1    full (slow, currently unmaintained and disabled)
                 2    log (low quality, currently unmaintained and disabled)
                 3    phods (low quality, currently unmaintained and disabled)
                 4    EPZS: size=1 diamond, size can be adjusted with the *dia
                      options (default)
                 5    X1 (experimental, currently aliased to EPZS)
                 8    iter (iterative overlapped block, only used in snow)

              NOTE: 0-3 currently ignores the amount of bits spent, so quality
              may be low.

       me_range=<0-9999>
              motion estimation search range (default: 0 (unlimited))

       mbd=<0-2> (also see *cmp, qpel)
              Macroblock decision algorithm (high quality mode), encode each
              macro block in all modes and choose the best.  This is slow but
              results in better quality and file size.  When mbd is set to 1
              or 2, the value of mbcmp is ignored when comparing macroblocks
              (the mbcmp value is still used in other places though, in
              particular the motion search algorithms).  If any comparison
              setting (precmp, subcmp, cmp, or mbcmp) is nonzero, however, a
              slower but better half-pel motion search will be used,
              regardless of what mbd is set to.  If qpel is set, quarter-pel
              motion search will be used regardless.
                 0    Use comparison function given by mbcmp (default).
                 1    Select the MB mode which needs the fewest bits (=vhq).
                 2    Select the MB mode which has the best rate distortion.

       vhq
              Same as mbd=1, kept for compatibility reasons.

       v4mv
              Allow 4 motion vectors per macroblock (slightly better quality).
              Works better if used with mbd>0.

       obmc
              overlapped block motion compensation (H.263+)

       loop
              loop filter (H.263+) note, this is broken

       inter_threshold <-1000-1000>
              Does absolutely nothing at the moment.

       keyint=<0-300>
              maximum interval between keyframes in frames (default: 250 or
              one keyframe every ten seconds in a 25fps movie.  This is the
              recommended default for MPEG-4).  Most codecs require regular
              keyframes in order to limit the accumulation of mismatch error.
              Keyframes are also needed for seeking, as seeking is only
              possible to a keyframe - but keyframes need more space than
              other frames, so larger numbers here mean slightly smaller files
              but less precise seeking.  0 is equivalent to 1, which makes
              every frame a keyframe.  Values >300 are not recommended as the
              quality might be bad depending upon decoder, encoder and luck.
              It is common for MPEG-1/2 to use values <=30.

       sc_threshold=<-1000000000-1000000000>
              Threshold for scene change detection.  A keyframe is inserted by
              libavcodec when it detects a scene change.  You can specify the
              sensitivity of the detection with this option.  -1000000000
              means there is a scene change detected at every frame,
              1000000000 means no scene changes are detected (default: 0).

       sc_factor=<any positive integer>
              Causes frames with higher quantizers to be more likely to
              trigger a scene change detection and make libavcodec use an I-
              frame (default: 1).  1-16 is a sane range.  Values between 2 and
              6 may yield increasing PSNR (up to approximately 0.04 dB) and
              better placement of I-frames in high-motion scenes.  Higher
              values than 6 may give very slightly better PSNR (approximately
              0.01 dB more than sc_factor=6), but noticably worse visual
              quality.

       vb_strategy=<0-2> (pass one only)
              strategy to choose between I/P/B-frames:
                 0    Always use the maximum number of B-frames (default).
                 1    Avoid B-frames in high motion scenes.  See the
                      b_sensitivity option to tune this strategy.
                 2    Places B-frames more or less optimally to yield maximum
                      quality (slower).  You may want to reduce the speed
                      impact of this option by tuning the option brd_scale.

       b_sensitivity=<any integer greater than 0>
              Adjusts how sensitively vb_strategy=1 detects motion and avoids
              using B-frames (default: 40).  Lower sensitivities will result
              in more B-frames.  Using more B-frames usually improves PSNR,
              but too many B-frames can hurt quality in high-motion scenes.
              Unless there is an extremely high amount of motion,
              b_sensitivity can safely be lowered below the default; 10 is a
              reasonable value in most cases.

       brd_scale=<0-10>
              Downscales frames for dynamic B-frame decision (default: 0).
              Each time brd_scale is increased by one, the frame dimensions
              are divided by two, which improves speed by a factor of four.
              Both dimensions of the fully downscaled frame must be even
              numbers, so brd_scale=1 requires the original dimensions to be
              multiples of four, brd_scale=2 requires multiples of eight, etc.
              In other words, the dimensions of the original frame must both
              be divisible by 2^(brd_scale+1) with no remainder.

       bidir_refine=<0-4>
              Refine the two motion vectors used in bidirectional macroblocks,
              rather than re-using vectors from the forward and backward
              searches.  This option has no effect without B-frames.
                 0    Disabled (default).
                 1-4  Use a wider search (larger values are slower).

       vpass=<1-3>
              Activates internal two (or more) pass mode, only specify if you
              wish to use two (or more) pass encoding.
                 1    first pass (also see turbo)
                 2    second pass
                 3    Nth pass (second and subsequent passes of N-pass
                      encoding)
              Here is how it works, and how to use it:
              The first pass (vpass=1) writes the statistics file.  You might
              want to deactivate some CPU-hungry options, like "turbo" mode
              does.
              In two pass mode, the second pass (vpass=2) reads the statistics
              file and bases ratecontrol decisions on it.
              In N-pass mode, the second pass (vpass=3, that is not a typo)
              does both: It first reads the statistics, then overwrites them.
              You might want to backup divx2pass.log before doing this if
              there is any possibility that you will have to cancel MEncoder.
              You can use all encoding options, except very CPU-hungry options
              like "qns".
              You can run this same pass over and over to refine the encode.
              Each subsequent pass will use the statistics from the previous
              pass to improve.  The final pass can include any CPU-hungry
              encoding options.
              If you want a 2 pass encode, use first vpass=1, and then
              vpass=2.
              If you want a 3 or more pass encode, use vpass=1 for the first
              pass and then vpass=3 and then vpass=3 again and again until you
              are satisfied with the encode.

              huffyuv:
                 pass 1
                      Saves statistics.
                 pass 2
                      Encodes with an optimal Huffman table based upon
                      statistics from the first pass.

       turbo (two pass only)
              Dramatically speeds up pass one using faster algorithms and
              disabling CPU-intensive options.  This will probably reduce
              global PSNR a little bit (around 0.01dB) and change individual
              frame type and PSNR a little bit more (up to 0.03dB).

       aspect=<x/y>
              Store movie aspect internally, just like with MPEG files.  Much
              nicer than rescaling, because quality is not decreased.  Only
              MPlayer will play these files correctly, other players will
              display them with wrong aspect.  The aspect parameter can be
              given as a ratio or a floating point number.

              EXAMPLE:
                 aspect=16/9 or aspect=1.78

       autoaspect
              Same as the aspect option, but automatically computes aspect,
              taking into account all the adjustments (crop/expand/scale/etc.)
              made in the filter chain.  Does not incur a performance penalty,
              so you can safely leave it always on.

       vbitrate=<value>
              Specify bitrate (default: 800).
              WARNING: 1kbit = 1000 bits
                 4-16000
                      (in kbit)
                 16001-24000000
                      (in bit)

       vratetol=<value>
              approximated file size tolerance in kbit.  1000-100000 is a sane
              range.  (warning: 1kbit = 1000 bits) (default: 8000)
              NOTE: vratetol should not be too large during the second pass or
              there might be problems if vrc_(min|max)rate is used.

       vrc_maxrate=<value>
              maximum bitrate in kbit/sec (default: 0, unlimited)

       vrc_minrate=<value>
              minimum bitrate in kbit/sec (default: 0, unlimited)

       vrc_buf_size=<value>
              buffer size in kbit For MPEG-1/2 this also sets the vbv buffer
              size, use 327 for VCD, 917 for SVCD and 1835 for DVD.

       vrc_buf_aggressivity
              currently useless

       vrc_strategy
              Ratecontrol method.  Note that some of the ratecontrol-affecting
              options will have no effect if vrc_strategy is not set to 0.
                 0    Use internal lavc ratecontrol (default).
                 1    Use Xvid ratecontrol (experimental; requires MEncoder to
                      be compiled with support for Xvid 1.1 or higher).

       vb_qfactor=<-31.0-31.0>
              quantizer factor between B- and non-B-frames (default: 1.25)

       vi_qfactor=<-31.0-31.0>
              quantizer factor between I- and non-I-frames (default: 0.8)

       vb_qoffset=<-31.0-31.0>
              quantizer offset between B- and non-B-frames (default: 1.25)

       vi_qoffset=<-31.0-31.0>
              (default: 0.0)
              if v{b|i}_qfactor > 0
              I/B-frame quantizer = P-frame quantizer * v{b|i}_qfactor +
              v{b|i}_qoffset
              else
              do normal ratecontrol (do not lock to next P-frame quantizer)
              and set q= -q * v{b|i}_qfactor + v{b|i}_qoffset
              HINT: To do constant quantizer encoding with different
              quantizers for I/P- and B-frames you can use: lmin=
              <ip_quant>:lmax= <ip_quant>:vb_qfactor= <b_quant/ip_quant>.

       vqblur=<0.0-1.0> (pass one)
              Quantizer blur (default: 0.5), larger values will average the
              quantizer more over time (slower change).
                 0.0  Quantizer blur disabled.
                 1.0  Average the quantizer over all previous frames.

       vqblur=<0.0-99.0> (pass two)
              Quantizer gaussian blur (default: 0.5), larger values will
              average the quantizer more over time (slower change).

       vqcomp=<0.0-1.0>
              Quantizer compression, vrc_eq depends upon this (default: 0.5).
              NOTE: Perceptual quality will be optimal somewhere in between
              the range's extremes.

       vrc_eq=<equation>
              main ratecontrol equation

                 1+(tex/avgTex-1)*qComp
                      approximately the equation of the old ratecontrol code

                 tex^qComp
                      with qcomp 0.5 or something like that (default)

              infix operators:

                 +,-,*,/,^

              variables:

                 tex
                      texture complexity

                 iTex,pTex
                      intra, non-intra texture complexity

                 avgTex
                      average texture complexity

                 avgIITex
                      average intra texture complexity in I-frames

                 avgPITex
                      average intra texture complexity in P-frames

                 avgPPTex
                      average non-intra texture complexity in P-frames

                 avgBPTex
                      average non-intra texture complexity in B-frames

                 mv
                      bits used for motion vectors

                 fCode
                      maximum length of motion vector in log2 scale

                 iCount
                      number of intra macroblocks / number of macroblocks

                 var
                      spatial complexity

                 mcVar
                      temporal complexity

                 qComp
                      qcomp from the command line

                 isI, isP, isB
                      Is 1 if picture type is I/P/B else 0.

                 Pi,E
                      See your favorite math book.

              functions:

                 max(a,b),min(a,b)
                      maximum / minimum

                 gt(a,b)
                      is 1 if a>b, 0 otherwise

                 lt(a,b)
                      is 1 if a<b, 0 otherwise

                 eq(a,b)
                      is 1 if a==b, 0 otherwise

                 sin, cos, tan, sinh, cosh, tanh, exp, log, abs

       vrc_override=<options>
              User specified quality for specific parts (ending, credits,
              ...).  The options are <start-frame>, <end-frame>,
              <quality>[/<start-frame>, <end-frame>, <quality>[/...]]:
                 quality (2-31)
                      quantizer
                 quality (-500-0)
                      quality correction in %

       vrc_init_cplx=<0-1000>
              initial complexity (pass 1)

       vrc_init_occupancy=<0.0-1.0>
              initial buffer occupancy, as a fraction of vrc_buf_size
              (default: 0.9)

       vqsquish=<0|1>
              Specify how to keep the quantizer between qmin and qmax.
                 0    Use clipping.
                 1    Use a nice differentiable function (default).

       vlelim=<-1000-1000>
              Sets single coefficient elimination threshold for luminance.
              Negative values will also consider the DC coefficient (should be
              at least -4 or lower for encoding at quant=1):
                 0    disabled (default)
                 -4   JVT recommendation

       vcelim=<-1000-1000>
              Sets single coefficient elimination threshold for chrominance.
              Negative values will also consider the DC coefficient (should be
              at least -4 or lower for encoding at quant=1):
                 0    disabled (default)
                 7    JVT recommendation

       vstrict=<-2|-1|0|1>
              strict standard compliance
                 0    disabled
                 1    Only recommended if you want to feed the output into the
                      MPEG-4 reference decoder.
                 -1   Allow libavcodec specific extensions (default).
                 -2   Enables experimental codecs and features which may not
                      be playable with future MPlayer versions (snow).

       vdpart
              Data partitioning.  Adds 2 Bytes per video packet, improves
              error-resistance when transferring over unreliable channels
              (e.g. streaming over the internet).  Each video packet will be
              encoded in 3 separate partitions:
                 1. MVs
                      movement
                 2. DC coefficients
                      low res picture
                 3. AC coefficients
                      details
              MV & DC are most important, losing them looks far worse than
              losing the AC and the 1. & 2. partition.  (MV & DC) are far
              smaller than the 3. partition (AC) meaning that errors will hit
              the AC partition much more often than the MV & DC partitions.
              Thus, the picture will look better with partitioning than
              without, as without partitioning an error will trash AC/DC/MV
              equally.

       vpsize=<0-10000> (also see vdpart)
              Video packet size, improves error-resistance.
                 0
                      disabled (default)
                 100-1000
                      good choice

       ss
              slice structured mode for H.263+

       gray
              grayscale only encoding (faster)

       vfdct=<0-10>
              DCT algorithm
                 0    Automatically select a good one (default).
                 1    fast integer
                 2    accurate integer
                 3    MMX
                 4    mlib
                 5    AltiVec
                 6    floating point AAN

       idct=<0-99>
              IDCT algorithm
              NOTE: To the best of our knowledge all these IDCTs do pass the
              IEEE1180 tests.
                 0    Automatically select a good one (default).
                 1    JPEG reference integer
                 2    simple
                 3    simplemmx
                 4    libmpeg2mmx (inaccurate, do not use for encoding with
                      keyint >100)
                 5    ps2
                 6    mlib
                 7    arm
                 8    AltiVec
                 9    sh4
                 10   simplearm
                 11   H.264
                 12   VP3
                 13   IPP
                 14   xvidmmx
                 15   CAVS
                 16   simplearmv5te
                 17   simplearmv6

       lumi_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              Luminance masking is a 'psychosensory' setting that is supposed
              to make use of the fact that the human eye tends to notice fewer
              details in very bright parts of the picture.  Luminance masking
              compresses bright areas stronger than medium ones, so it will
              save bits that can be spent again on other frames, raising
              overall subjective quality, while possibly reducing PSNR.
              WARNING: Be careful, overly large values can cause disastrous
              things.
              WARNING: Large values might look good on some monitors but may
              look horrible on other monitors.
                 0.0
                      disabled (default)
                 0.0-0.3
                      sane range

       dark_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              Darkness masking is a 'psychosensory' setting that is supposed
              to make use of the fact that the human eye tends to notice fewer
              details in very dark parts of the picture.  Darkness masking
              compresses dark areas stronger than medium ones, so it will save
              bits that can be spent again on other frames, raising overall
              subjective quality, while possibly reducing PSNR.
              WARNING: Be careful, overly large values can cause disastrous
              things.
              WARNING: Large values might look good on some monitors but may
              look horrible on other monitors / TV / TFT.
                 0.0
                      disabled (default)
                 0.0-0.3
                      sane range

       tcplx_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              Temporal complexity masking (default: 0.0 (disabled)).  Imagine
              a scene with a bird flying across the whole scene; tcplx_mask
              will raise the quantizers of the bird's macroblocks (thus
              decreasing their quality), as the human eye usually does not
              have time to see all the bird's details.  Be warned that if the
              masked object stops (e.g. the bird lands) it is likely to look
              horrible for a short period of time, until the encoder figures
              out that the object is not moving and needs refined blocks.  The
              saved bits will be spent on other parts of the video, which may
              increase subjective quality, provided that tcplx_mask is
              carefully chosen.

       scplx_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              Spatial complexity masking.  Larger values help against
              blockiness, if no deblocking filter is used for decoding, which
              is maybe not a good idea.
              Imagine a scene with grass (which usually has great spatial
              complexity), a blue sky and a house; scplx_mask will raise the
              quantizers of the grass' macroblocks, thus decreasing its
              quality, in order to spend more bits on the sky and the house.
              HINT: Crop any black borders completely as they will reduce the
              quality of the macroblocks (also applies without scplx_mask).
                 0.0
                      disabled (default)
                 0.0-0.5
                      sane range

              NOTE: This setting does not have the same effect as using a
              custom matrix that would compress high frequencies harder, as
              scplx_mask will reduce the quality of P blocks even if only DC
              is changing.  The result of scplx_mask will probably not look as
              good.

       p_mask=<0.0-1.0> (also see vi_qfactor)
              Reduces the quality of inter blocks.  This is equivalent to
              increasing the quality of intra blocks, because the same average
              bitrate will be distributed by the rate controller to the whole
              video sequence (default: 0.0 (disabled)).  p_mask=1.0 doubles
              the bits allocated to each intra block.

       border_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              border-processing for MPEG-style encoders.  Border processing
              increases the quantizer for macroblocks which are less than
              1/5th of the frame width/height away from the frame border,
              since they are often visually less important.

       naq
              Normalize adaptive quantization (experimental).  When using
              adaptive quantization (*_mask), the average per-MB quantizer may
              no longer match the requested frame-level quantizer.  Naq will
              attempt to adjust the per-MB quantizers to maintain the proper
              average.

       ildct
              Use interlaced DCT.

       ilme
              Use interlaced motion estimation (mutually exclusive with qpel).

       alt
              Use alternative scantable.

       top=<-1-1>
                 -1   automatic
                 0    bottom field first
                 1    top field first

       format=<value>
                 YV12
                      default
                 444P
                      for ffv1
                 422P
                      for HuffYUV, lossless JPEG, dv and ffv1
                 411P
                      for lossless JPEG, dv and ffv1
                 YVU9
                      for lossless JPEG, ffv1 and svq1
                 BGR32
                      for lossless JPEG and ffv1

       pred
              (for HuffYUV)
                 0    left prediction
                 1    plane/gradient prediction
                 2    median prediction

       pred
              (for lossless JPEG)
                 0    left prediction
                 1    top prediction
                 2    topleft prediction
                 3    plane/gradient prediction
                 6    mean prediction

       coder
              (for ffv1)
                 0    vlc coding (Golomb-Rice)
                 1    arithmetic coding (CABAC)

       context
              (for ffv1)
                 0    small context model
                 1    large context model

              (for ffvhuff)
                 0    predetermined Huffman tables (builtin or two pass)
                 1    adaptive Huffman tables

       qpel
              Use quarter pel motion compensation (mutually exclusive with
              ilme).
              HINT: This seems only useful for high bitrate encodings.

       mbcmp=<0-2000>
              Sets the comparison function for the macroblock decision, has
              only an effect if mbd=0.  This is also used for some motion
              search functions, in which case it has an effect regardless of
              mbd setting.
                 0 (SAD)
                      sum of absolute differences, fast (default)
                 1 (SSE)
                      sum of squared errors
                 2 (SATD)
                      sum of absolute Hadamard transformed differences
                 3 (DCT)
                      sum of absolute DCT transformed differences
                 4 (PSNR)
                      sum of squared quantization errors (avoid, low quality)
                 5 (BIT)
                      number of bits needed for the block
                 6 (RD)
                      rate distortion optimal, slow
                 7 (ZERO)
                      0
                 8 (VSAD)
                      sum of absolute vertical differences
                 9 (VSSE)
                      sum of squared vertical differences
                 10 (NSSE)
                      noise preserving sum of squared differences
                 11 (W53)
                      5/3 wavelet, only used in snow
                 12 (W97)
                      9/7 wavelet, only used in snow
                 +256
                      Also use chroma, currently does not work (correctly)
                      with B-frames.

       ildctcmp=<0-2000>
              Sets the comparison function for interlaced DCT decision (see
              mbcmp for available comparison functions).

       precmp=<0-2000>
              Sets the comparison function for motion estimation pre pass (see
              mbcmp for available comparison functions) (default: 0).

       cmp=<0-2000>
              Sets the comparison function for full pel motion estimation (see
              mbcmp for available comparison functions) (default: 0).

       subcmp=<0-2000>
              Sets the comparison function for sub pel motion estimation (see
              mbcmp for available comparison functions) (default: 0).

       skipcmp=<0-2000>
              FIXME: Document this.

       nssew=<0-1000000>
              This setting controls NSSE weight, where larger weights will
              result in more noise.  0 NSSE is identical to SSE You may find
              this useful if you prefer to keep some noise in your encoded
              video rather than filtering it away before encoding (default:
              8).

       predia=<-99-6>
              diamond type and size for motion estimation pre-pass

       dia=<-99-6>
              Diamond type & size for motion estimation.  Motion search is an
              iterative process.  Using a small diamond does not limit the
              search to finding only small motion vectors.  It is just
              somewhat more likely to stop before finding the very best motion
              vector, especially when noise is involved.  Bigger diamonds
              allow a wider search for the best motion vector, thus are slower
              but result in better quality.
              Big normal diamonds are better quality than shape-adaptive
              diamonds.
              Shape-adaptive diamonds are a good tradeoff between speed and
              quality.
              NOTE: The sizes of the normal diamonds and shape adaptive ones
              do not have the same meaning.

                 -3   shape adaptive (fast) diamond with size 3

                 -2   shape adaptive (fast) diamond with size 2

                 -1   uneven multi-hexagon search (slow)

                 1    normal size=1 diamond (default) =EPZS type diamond
                            0
                           000
                            0

                 2    normal size=2 diamond
                            0
                           000
                          00000
                           000
                            0

       trell
              Trellis searched quantization.  This will find the optimal
              encoding for each 8x8 block.  Trellis searched quantization is
              quite simply an optimal quantization in the PSNR versus bitrate
              sense (Assuming that there would be no rounding errors
              introduced by the IDCT, which is obviously not the case.).  It
              simply finds a block for the minimum of error and lambda*bits.
                 lambda
                      quantization parameter (QP) dependent constant
                 bits
                      amount of bits needed to encode the block
                 error
                      sum of squared errors of the quantization

       cbp
              Rate distorted optimal coded block pattern.  Will select the
              coded block pattern which minimizes distortion + lambda*rate.
              This can only be used together with trellis quantization.

       mv0
              Try to encode each MB with MV=<0,0> and choose the better one.
              This has no effect if mbd=0.

       mv0_threshold=<any non-negative integer>
              When surrounding motion vectors are <0,0> and the motion
              estimation score of the current block is less than
              mv0_threshold, <0,0> is used for the motion vector and further
              motion estimation is skipped (default: 256).  Lowering
              mv0_threshold to 0 can give a slight (0.01dB) PSNR increase and
              possibly make the encoded video look slightly better; raising
              mv0_threshold past 320 results in diminished PSNR and visual
              quality.  Higher values speed up encoding very slightly (usually
              less than 1%, depending on the other options used).
              NOTE: This option does not require mv0 to be enabled.

       qprd (mbd=2 only)
              rate distorted optimal quantization parameter (QP) for the given
              lambda of each macroblock

       last_pred=<0-99>
              amount of motion predictors from the previous frame
                 0    (default)
                 a    Will use 2a+1 x 2a+1 macroblock square of motion vector
                      predictors from the previous frame.

       preme=<0-2>
              motion estimation pre-pass
                 0    disabled
                 1    only after I-frames (default)
                 2    always

       subq=<1-8>
              subpel refinement quality (for qpel) (default: 8 (high quality))
              NOTE: This has a significant effect on speed.

       refs=<1-8>
              number of reference frames to consider for motion compensation
              (Snow only) (default: 1)

       psnr
              print the PSNR (peak signal to noise ratio) for the whole video
              after encoding and store the per frame PSNR in a file with a
              name like 'psnr_hhmmss.log'.  Returned values are in dB
              (decibel), the higher the better.

       mpeg_quant
              Use MPEG quantizers instead of H.263.

       aic
              Enable AC prediction for MPEG-4 or advanced intra prediction for
              H.263+.  This will improve quality very slightly (around 0.02 dB
              PSNR) and slow down encoding very slightly (about 1%).
              NOTE: vqmin should be 8 or larger for H.263+ AIC.

       aiv
              alternative inter vlc for H.263+

       umv
              unlimited MVs (H.263+ only) Allows encoding of arbitrarily long
              MVs.

       ibias=<-256-256>
              intra quantizer bias (256 equals 1.0, MPEG style quantizer
              default: 96, H.263 style quantizer default: 0)
              NOTE: The H.263 MMX quantizer cannot handle positive biases (set
              vfdct=1 or 2), the MPEG MMX quantizer cannot handle negative
              biases (set vfdct=1 or 2).

       pbias=<-256-256>
              inter quantizer bias (256 equals 1.0, MPEG style quantizer
              default: 0, H.263 style quantizer default: -64)
              NOTE: The H.263 MMX quantizer cannot handle positive biases (set
              vfdct=1 or 2), the MPEG MMX quantizer cannot handle negative
              biases (set vfdct=1 or 2).
              HINT: A more positive bias (-32 - -16 instead of -64) seems to
              improve the PSNR.

       nr=<0-100000>
              Noise reduction, 0 means disabled.  0-600 is a useful range for
              typical content, but you may want to turn it up a bit more for
              very noisy content (default: 0).  Given its small impact on
              speed, you might want to prefer to use this over filtering noise
              away with video filters like denoise3d or hqdn3d.

       qns=<0-3>
              Quantizer noise shaping.  Rather than choosing quantization to
              most closely match the source video in the PSNR sense, it
              chooses quantization such that noise (usually ringing) will be
              masked by similar-frequency content in the image.  Larger values
              are slower but may not result in better quality.  This can and
              should be used together with trellis quantization, in which case
              the trellis quantization (optimal for constant weight) will be
              used as startpoint for the iterative search.
                 0    disabled (default)
                 1    Only lower the absolute value of coefficients.
                 2    Only change coefficients before the last non-zero
                      coefficient + 1.
                 3    Try all.

       inter_matrix=<comma separated matrix>
              Use custom inter matrix.  It needs a comma separated string of
              64 integers.

       intra_matrix=<comma separated matrix>
              Use custom intra matrix.  It needs a comma separated string of
              64 integers.

       vqmod_amp
              experimental quantizer modulation

       vqmod_freq
              experimental quantizer modulation

       dc
              intra DC precision in bits (default: 8).  If you specify
              vcodec=mpeg2video this value can be 8, 9, 10 or 11.

       cgop (also see sc_threshold)
              Close all GOPs.  Currently it only works if scene change
              detection is disabled (sc_threshold=1000000000).

       gmc
              Enable Global Motion Compensation.

       (no)lowdelay
              Sets the low delay flag for MPEG-1/2 (disables B-frames).

       vglobal=<0-3>
              Control writing global video headers.
                 0    Codec decides where to write global headers (default).
                 1    Write global headers only in extradata (needed for
                      .mp4/MOV/NUT).
                 2    Write global headers only in front of keyframes.
                 3    Combine 1 and 2.

       aglobal=<0-3>
              Same as vglobal for audio headers.

       level=<value>
              Set CodecContext Level.  Use 31 or 41 to play video on a
              Playstation 3.

       skip_exp=<0-1000000>
              FIXME: Document this.

       skip_factor=<0-1000000>
              FIXME: Document this.

       skip_threshold=<0-1000000>
              FIXME: Document this.

   nuv (-nuvopts)
       Nuppel video is based on RTJPEG and LZO.  By default frames are first
       encoded with RTJPEG and then compressed with LZO, but it is possible to
       disable either or both of the two passes.  As a result, you can in fact
       output raw i420, LZO compressed i420, RTJPEG, or the default LZO
       compressed RTJPEG.
       NOTE: The nuvrec documentation contains some advice and examples about
       the settings to use for the most common TV encodings.

       c=<0-20>
              chrominance threshold (default: 1)

       l=<0-20>
              luminance threshold (default: 1)

       lzo
              Enable LZO compression (default).

       nolzo
              Disable LZO compression.

       q=<3-255>
              quality level (default: 255)

       raw
              Disable RTJPEG encoding.

       rtjpeg
              Enable RTJPEG encoding (default).

   xvidenc (-xvidencopts)
       There are three modes available: constant bitrate (CBR), fixed
       quantizer and two pass.

       pass=<1|2>
              Specify the pass in two pass mode.

       turbo (two pass only)
              Dramatically speeds up pass one using faster algorithms and
              disabling CPU-intensive options.  This will probably reduce
              global PSNR a little bit and change individual frame type and
              PSNR a little bit more.

       bitrate=<value> (CBR or two pass mode)
              Sets the bitrate to be used in kbits/second if <16000 or in
              bits/second if >16000.  If <value> is negative, Xvid will use
              its absolute value as the target size (in kBytes) of the video
              and compute the associated bitrate automagically (default: 687
              kbits/s).

       fixed_quant=<1-31>
              Switch to fixed quantizer mode and specify the quantizer to be
              used.

       zones=<zone0>[/<zone1>[/...]] (CBR or two pass mode)
              User specified quality for specific parts (ending, credits,
              ...).  Each zone is <start-frame>,<mode>,<value> where <mode>
              may be
                 q    Constant quantizer override, where value=<2.0-31.0>
                      represents the quantizer value.
                 w    Ratecontrol weight override, where value=<0.01-2.00>
                      represents the quality correction in %.

              EXAMPLE:
                 zones=90000,q,20
                      Encodes all frames starting with frame 90000 at constant
                      quantizer 20.
                 zones=0,w,0.1/10001,w,1.0/90000,q,20
                      Encode frames 0-10000 at 10% bitrate, encode frames
                      90000 up to the end at constant quantizer 20.  Note that
                      the second zone is needed to delimit the first zone, as
                      without it everything up until frame 89999 would be
                      encoded at 10% bitrate.

       me_quality=<0-6>
              This option controls the motion estimation subsystem.  The
              higher the value, the more precise the estimation should be
              (default: 6).  The more precise the motion estimation is, the
              more bits can be saved.  Precision is gained at the expense of
              CPU time so decrease this setting if you need realtime encoding.

       (no)qpel
              MPEG-4 uses a half pixel precision for its motion search by
              default.  The standard proposes a mode where encoders are
              allowed to use quarter pixel precision.  This option usually
              results in a sharper image.  Unfortunately it has a great impact
              on bitrate and sometimes the higher bitrate use will prevent it
              from giving a better image quality at a fixed bitrate.  It is
              better to test with and without this option and see whether it
              is worth activating.

       (no)gmc
              Enable Global Motion Compensation, which makes Xvid generate
              special frames (GMC-frames) which are well suited for Pan/Zoom/
              Rotating images.  Whether or not the use of this option will
              save bits is highly dependent on the source material.

       (no)trellis
              Trellis Quantization is a kind of adaptive quantization method
              that saves bits by modifying quantized coefficients to make them
              more compressible by the entropy encoder.  Its impact on quality
              is good, and if VHQ uses too much CPU for you, this setting can
              be a good alternative to save a few bits (and gain quality at
              fixed bitrate) at a lesser cost than with VHQ (default: on).

       (no)cartoon
              Activate this if your encoded sequence is an anime/cartoon.  It
              modifies some Xvid internal thresholds so Xvid takes better
              decisions on frame types and motion vectors for flat looking
              cartoons.

       (no)chroma_me
              The usual motion estimation algorithm uses only the luminance
              information to find the best motion vector.  However for some
              video material, using the chroma planes can help find better
              vectors.  This setting toggles the use of chroma planes for
              motion estimation (default: on).

       (no)chroma_opt
              Enable a chroma optimizer prefilter.  It will do some extra
              magic on color information to minimize the stepped-stairs effect
              on edges.  It will improve quality at the cost of encoding
              speed.  It reduces PSNR by nature, as the mathematical deviation
              to the original picture will get bigger, but the subjective
              image quality will raise.  Since it works with color
              information, you might want to turn it off when encoding in
              grayscale.

       (no)hq_ac
              Activates high-quality prediction of AC coefficients for intra
              frames from neighbor blocks (default: on).

       vhq=<0-4>
              The motion search algorithm is based on a search in the usual
              color domain and tries to find a motion vector that minimizes
              the difference between the reference frame and the encoded
              frame.  With this setting activated, Xvid will also use the
              frequency domain (DCT) to search for a motion vector that
              minimizes not only the spatial difference but also the encoding
              length of the block.  Fastest to slowest:
                 0    off
                 1    mode decision (inter/intra MB) (default)
                 2    limited search
                 3    medium search
                 4    wide search

       (no)lumi_mask
              Adaptive quantization allows the macroblock quantizers to vary
              inside each frame.  This is a 'psychosensory' setting that is
              supposed to make use of the fact that the human eye tends to
              notice fewer details in very bright and very dark parts of the
              picture.  It compresses those areas more strongly than medium
              ones, which will save bits that can be spent again on other
              frames, raising overall subjective quality and possibly reducing
              PSNR.

       (no)grayscale
              Make Xvid discard chroma planes so the encoded video is
              grayscale only.  Note that this does not speed up encoding, it
              just prevents chroma data from being written in the last stage
              of encoding.

       (no)interlacing
              Encode the fields of interlaced video material.  Turn this
              option on for interlaced content.
              NOTE: Should you rescale the video, you would need an interlace-
              aware resizer, which you can activate with -vf
              scale=<width>:<height>:1.

       min_iquant=<0-31>
              minimum I-frame quantizer (default: 2)

       max_iquant=<0-31>
              maximum I-frame quantizer (default: 31)

       min_pquant=<0-31>
              minimum P-frame quantizer (default: 2)

       max_pquant=<0-31>
              maximum P-frame quantizer (default: 31)

       min_bquant=<0-31>
              minimum B-frame quantizer (default: 2)

       max_bquant=<0-31>
              maximum B-frame quantizer (default: 31)

       min_key_interval=<value> (two pass only)
              minimum interval between keyframes (default: 0)

       max_key_interval=<value>
              maximum interval between keyframes (default: 10*fps)

       quant_type=<h263|mpeg>
              Sets the type of quantizer to use.  For high bitrates, you will
              find that MPEG quantization preserves more detail.  For low
              bitrates, the smoothing of H.263 will give you less block noise.
              When using custom matrices, MPEG quantization must be used.

       quant_intra_matrix=<filename>
              Load a custom intra matrix file.  You can build such a file with
              xvid4conf's matrix editor.

       quant_inter_matrix=<filename>
              Load a custom inter matrix file.  You can build such a file with
              xvid4conf's matrix editor.

       keyframe_boost=<0-1000> (two pass mode only)
              Shift some bits from the pool for other frame types to intra
              frames, thus improving keyframe quality.  This amount is an
              extra percentage, so a value of 10 will give your keyframes 10%
              more bits than normal (default: 0).

       kfthreshold=<value> (two pass mode only)
              Works together with kfreduction.  Determines the minimum
              distance below which you consider that two frames are considered
              consecutive and treated differently according to kfreduction
              (default: 10).

       kfreduction=<0-100> (two pass mode only)
              The above two settings can be used to adjust the size of
              keyframes that you consider too close to the first (in a row).
              kfthreshold sets the range in which keyframes are reduced, and
              kfreduction determines the bitrate reduction they get.  The last
              I-frame will get treated normally (default: 30).

       max_bframes=<0-4>
              Maximum number of B-frames to put between I/P-frames (default:
              2).

       bquant_ratio=<0-1000>
              quantizer ratio between B- and non-B-frames, 150=1.50 (default:
              150)

       bquant_offset=<-1000-1000>
              quantizer offset between B- and non-B-frames, 100=1.00 (default:
              100)

       bf_threshold=<-255-255>
              This setting allows you to specify what priority to place on the
              use of B-frames.  The higher the value, the higher the
              probability of B-frames being used (default: 0).  Do not forget
              that B-frames usually have a higher quantizer, and therefore
              aggressive production of B-frames may cause worse visual
              quality.

       (no)closed_gop
              This option tells Xvid to close every GOP (Group Of Pictures
              bounded by two I-frames), which makes GOPs independent from each
              other.  This just implies that the last frame of the GOP is
              either a P-frame or a N-frame but not a B-frame.  It is usually
              a good idea to turn this option on (default: on).

       (no)packed
              This option is meant to solve frame-order issues when encoding
              to container formats like AVI that cannot cope with out-of-order
              frames.  In practice, most decoders (both software and hardware)
              are able to deal with frame-order themselves, and may get
              confused when this option is turned on, so you can safely leave
              if off, unless you really know what you are doing.
              WARNING: This will generate an illegal bitstream, and will not
              be decodable by ISO-MPEG-4 decoders except DivX/libavcodec/Xvid.
              WARNING: This will also store a fake DivX version in the file so
              the bug autodetection of some decoders might be confused.

       frame_drop_ratio=<0-100> (max_bframes=0 only)
              This setting allows the creation of variable framerate video
              streams.  The value of the setting specifies a threshold under
              which, if the difference of the following frame to the previous
              frame is below or equal to this threshold, a frame gets not
              coded (a so called n-vop is placed in the stream).  On playback,
              when reaching an n-vop the previous frame will be displayed.
              WARNING: Playing with this setting may result in a jerky video,
              so use it at your own risks!

       rc_reaction_delay_factor=<value>
              This parameter controls the number of frames the CBR rate
              controller will wait before reacting to bitrate changes and
              compensating for them to obtain a constant bitrate over an
              averaging range of frames.

       rc_averaging_period=<value>
              Real CBR is hard to achieve.  Depending on the video material,
              bitrate can be variable, and hard to predict.  Therefore Xvid
              uses an averaging period for which it guarantees a given amount
              of bits (minus a small variation).  This settings expresses the
              "number of frames" for which Xvid averages bitrate and tries to
              achieve CBR.

       rc_buffer=<value>
              size of the rate control buffer

       curve_compression_high=<0-100>
              This setting allows Xvid to take a certain percentage of bits
              away from high bitrate scenes and give them back to the bit
              reservoir.  You could also use this if you have a clip with so
              many bits allocated to high-bitrate scenes that the
              low(er)-bitrate scenes start to look bad (default: 0).

       curve_compression_low=<0-100>
              This setting allows Xvid to give a certain percentage of extra
              bits to the low bitrate scenes, taking a few bits from the
              entire clip.  This might come in handy if you have a few low-
              bitrate scenes that are still blocky (default: 0).

       overflow_control_strength=<0-100>
              During pass one of two pass encoding, a scaled bitrate curve is
              computed.  The difference between that expected curve and the
              result obtained during encoding is called overflow.  Obviously,
              the two pass rate controller tries to compensate for that
              overflow, distributing it over the next frames.  This setting
              controls how much of the overflow is distributed every time
              there is a new frame.  Low values allow lazy overflow control,
              big rate bursts are compensated for more slowly (could lead to
              lack of precision for small clips).  Higher values will make
              changes in bit redistribution more abrupt, possibly too abrupt
              if you set it too high, creating artifacts (default: 5).
              NOTE: This setting impacts quality a lot, play with it
              carefully!

       max_overflow_improvement=<0-100>
              During the frame bit allocation, overflow control may increase
              the frame size.  This parameter specifies the maximum percentage
              by which the overflow control is allowed to increase the frame
              size, compared to the ideal curve allocation (default: 5).

       max_overflow_degradation=<0-100>
              During the frame bit allocation, overflow control may decrease
              the frame size.  This parameter specifies the maximum percentage
              by which the overflow control is allowed to decrease the frame
              size, compared to the ideal curve allocation (default: 5).

       container_frame_overhead=<0...>
              Specifies a frame average overhead per frame, in bytes.  Most of
              the time users express their target bitrate for video w/o taking
              care of the video container overhead.  This small but (mostly)
              constant overhead can cause the target file size to be exceeded.
              Xvid allows users to set the amount of overhead per frame the
              container generates (give only an average per frame).  0 has a
              special meaning, it lets Xvid use its own default values
              (default: 24 - AVI average overhead).

       profile=<profile_name>
              Restricts options and VBV (peak bitrate over a short period)
              according to the Simple, Advanced Simple and DivX profiles.  The
              resulting videos should be playable on standalone players
              adhering to these profile specifications.
                 unrestricted
                      no restrictions (default)
                 sp0
                      simple profile at level 0
                 sp1
                      simple profile at level 1
                 sp2
                      simple profile at level 2
                 sp3
                      simple profile at level 3
                 sp4a
                      simple profile at level 4a
                 sp5
                      simple profile at level 5
                 sp6
                      simple profile at level 6
                 asp0
                      advanced simple profile at level 0
                 asp1
                      advanced simple profile at level 1
                 asp2
                      advanced simple profile at level 2
                 asp3
                      advanced simple profile at level 3
                 asp4
                      advanced simple profile at level 4
                 asp5
                      advanced simple profile at level 5
                 dxnhandheld
                      DXN handheld profile
                 dxnportntsc
                      DXN portable NTSC profile
                 dxnportpal
                      DXN portable PAL profile
                 dxnhtntsc
                      DXN home theater NTSC profile
                 dxnhtpal
                      DXN home theater PAL profile
                 dxnhdtv
                      DXN HDTV profile
              NOTE: These profiles should be used in conjunction with an
              appropriate -ffourcc.  Generally DX50 is applicable, as some
              players do not recognize Xvid but most recognize DivX.

       par=<mode>
              Specifies the Pixel Aspect Ratio mode (not to be confused with
              DAR, the Display Aspect Ratio).  PAR is the ratio of the width
              and height of a single pixel.  So both are related like this:
              DAR = PAR * (width/height).
              MPEG-4 defines 5 pixel aspect ratios and one extended one,
              giving the opportunity to specify a specific pixel aspect ratio.
              5 standard modes can be specified:
                 vga11
                      It is the usual PAR for PC content.  Pixels are a square
                      unit.
                 pal43
                      PAL standard 4:3 PAR.  Pixels are rectangles.
                 pal169
                      same as above
                 ntsc43
                      same as above
                 ntsc169
                      same as above (Do not forget to give the exact ratio.)
                 ext
                      Allows you to specify your own pixel aspect ratio with
                      par_width and par_height.
              NOTE: In general, setting aspect and autoaspect options is
              enough.

       par_width=<1-255> (par=ext only)
              Specifies the width of the custom pixel aspect ratio.

       par_height=<1-255> (par=ext only)
              Specifies the height of the custom pixel aspect ratio.

       aspect=<x/y | f (float value)>
              Store movie aspect internally, just like MPEG files.  Much nicer
              solution than rescaling, because quality is not decreased.
              MPlayer and a few others players will play these files
              correctly, others will display them with the wrong aspect.  The
              aspect parameter can be given as a ratio or a floating point
              number.

       (no)autoaspect
              Same as the aspect option, but automatically computes aspect,
              taking into account all the adjustments (crop/expand/scale/etc.)
              made in the filter chain.

       psnr
              Print the PSNR (peak signal to noise ratio) for the whole video
              after encoding and store the per frame PSNR in a file with a
              name like 'psnr_hhmmss.log' in the current directory.  Returned
              values are in dB (decibel), the higher the better.

       debug
              Save per-frame statistics in ./xvid.dbg. (This is not the two
              pass control file.)

       The following options are only available in Xvid 1.1.x and later.

       bvhq=<0|1>
              This setting allows vector candidates for B-frames to be used
              for the encoding chosen using a rate distortion optimized
              operator, which is what is done for P-frames by the vhq option.
              This produces nicer-looking B-frames while incurring almost no
              performance penalty (default: 1).

       vbv_bufsize=<0...> (two pass mode only)
              Specify the video buffering verifier (VBV) buffer size in bits
              (default: 0 - VBV check disabled).  VBV allows restricting peak
              bitrate to make the video play properly on hardware players.
              For example, the Home profile uses vbv_bufsize=3145728.  If you
              set vbv_bufsize you should set also vbv_maxrate.  Note that
              there is no vbv_peakrate because Xvid does not actually use it
              for bitrate controlling; the other VBV options are enough to
              restrict the peak bitrate.

       vbv_initial=<0...vbv_bufsize> (two pass mode only)
              Specify the initial fill of the VBV buffer in bits (default: 75%
              of vbv_bufsize).  The default is probably what you want.

       vbv_maxrate=<0...> (two pass mode only)
              Specify the maximum processing rate in bits/s (default: 0).  For
              example, the Home profile uses vbv_maxrate=4854000.

       The following option is only available in Xvid 1.2.x and later.

       threads=<0-n>
              Create n threads to run the motion estimation (default: 0).  The
              maximum number of threads that can be used is the picture height
              divided by 16.

   x264enc (-x264encopts)
       bitrate=<value>
              Sets the average bitrate to be used in kbits/second (default:
              off).  Since local bitrate may vary, this average may be
              inaccurate for very short videos (see ratetol).  Constant
              bitrate can be achieved by combining this with vbv_maxrate, at
              significant reduction in quality.

       qp=<0-51>
              This selects the quantizer to use for P-frames.  I- and B-frames
              are offset from this value by ip_factor and pb_factor,
              respectively.  20-40 is a useful range.  Lower values result in
              better fidelity, but higher bitrates.  0 is lossless.  Note that
              quantization in H.264 works differently from MPEG-1/2/4: H.264's
              quantization parameter (QP) is on a logarithmic scale.  The
              mapping is approximately H264QP = 12 + 6*log2(MPEGQP).  For
              example, MPEG at QP=2 is equivalent to H.264 at QP=18.
              Generally, this option should be avoided and crf should be used
              instead as crf will yield better visual results for the same
              size.

       crf=<1.0-50.0>
              Enables constant quality mode, and selects the quality.  The
              scale is similar to QP.  Like the bitrate-based modes, this
              allows each frame to use a different QP based on the frame's
              complexity.  This option should generally be used instead of qp.

       pass=<1-3>
              Enable 2 or 3-pass mode.  It is recommended to always encode in
              2 or 3-pass mode as it leads to a better bit distribution and
              improves overall quality.
                 1    first pass
                 2    second pass (of two pass encoding)
                 3    Nth pass (second and third passes of three pass
                      encoding)
              Here is how it works, and how to use it:
              The first pass (pass=1) collects statistics on the video and
              writes them to a file.  You might want to deactivate some CPU-
              hungry options, apart from the ones that are on by default.
              In two pass mode, the second pass (pass=2) reads the statistics
              file and bases ratecontrol decisions on it.
              In three pass mode, the second pass (pass=3, that is not a typo)
              does both: It first reads the statistics, then overwrites them.
              You can use all encoding options, except very CPU-hungry
              options.
              The third pass (pass=3) is the same as the second pass, except
              that it has the second pass' statistics to work from.  You can
              use all encoding options, including CPU-hungry ones.
              The first pass may use either average bitrate or constant
              quantizer.  ABR is recommended, since it does not require
              guessing a quantizer.  Subsequent passes are ABR, and must
              specify bitrate.

       profile=<name>
              Constrain options to be compatible with an H.264 profile.
                 baseline
                      no8x8dct bframes=0 nocabac cqm=flat weightp=0
                      nointerlaced qp>0
                 main no8x8dct cqm=flat qp>0
                 high qp>0 (default)

       preset=<name>
              Use a preset to select encoding settings.
                 ultrafast
                      no8x8dct aq_mode=0 b_adapt=0 bframes=0 nodeblock
                      nombtree me=dia nomixed_refs partitions=none ref=1
                      scenecut=0 subq=0 trellis=0 noweight_b weightp=0
                 superfast
                      nombtree me=dia nomixed_refs partitions=i8x8,i4x4 ref=1
                      subq=1 trellis=0 weightp=0
                 veryfast
                      nombtree nomixed_refs ref=1 subq=2 trellis=0 weightp=0
                 faster
                      nomixed_refs rc_lookahead=20 ref=5 subq=4 weightp=1
                 fast rc_lookahead=30 ref=2 subq=6
                 medium
                      Default settings apply.
                 slow b_adapt=2 direct=auto me=umh rc_lookahead=50 ref=5
                      subq=8
                 slower
                      b_adapt=2 direct=auto me=umh partitions=all
                      rc_lookahead=60 ref=8 subq=9 trellis=2
                 veryslow
                      b_adapt=2 b_frames=8 direct=auto me=umh me_range=24
                      partitions=all ref=16 subq=10 trellis=2 rc_lookahead=60
                 placebo
                      bframes=16 b_adapt=2 direct=auto nofast_pskip me=tesa
                      me_range=24 partitions=all rc_lookahead=60 ref=16
                      subq=10 trellis=2

       tune=<name,[name,...]>
              Tune the settings for a particular type of source or situation.
              All tuned settings are overridden by explicit user-settings.
              Multiple tunings are separated by commas, but only one psy
              tuning can be used at a time.
                 film (psy tuning)
                      deblock=-1,-1 psy-rd=<unset>,0.15
                 animation (psy tuning)
                      b_frames={+2} deblock=1,1 psy-rd=0.4:<unset>
                      aq_strength=0.6 ref={double if >1 else 1}
                 grain (psy tuning)
                      aq_strength=0.5 nodct_decimate deadzone_inter=6
                      deadzone_intra=6 deblock=-2,-2 ipratio=1.1 pbratio=1.1
                      psy-rd=<unset>,0.25 qcomp=0.8
                 stillimage (psy tuning)
                      aq_strength=1.2 deblock=-3,-3 psy-rd=2.0,0.7
                 psnr (psy tuning)
                      aq_mode=0 nopsy
                 ssim (psy tuning)
                      aq_mode=2 nopsy
                 fastdecode
                      nocabac nodeblock noweight_b weightp=0
                 zerolatency
                      bframes=0 force_cfr rc_lookahead=0 sync_lookahead=0
                      sliced_threads

       slow_firstpass
              Disables the following faster options with pass=1: no_8x8dct
              me=dia partitions=none ref=1 subq={2 if >2 else unchanged}
              trellis=0 fast_pskip.  These settings significantly improve
              encoding speed while having little or no impact on the quality
              of the final pass.
              This option is implied with preset=placebo.

       keyint=<value>
              Sets maximum interval between IDR-frames (default: 250).  Larger
              values save bits, thus improve quality, at the cost of seeking
              precision.  Unlike MPEG-1/2/4, H.264 does not suffer from DCT
              drift with large values of keyint.

       keyint_min=<1-keyint/2>
              Sets minimum interval between IDR-frames (default: 25).  If
              scenecuts appear within this interval, they are still encoded as
              I-frames, but do not start a new GOP.  In H.264, I-frames do not
              necessarily bound a closed GOP because it is allowable for a P-
              frame to be predicted from more frames than just the one frame
              before it (also see frameref).  Therefore, I-frames are not
              necessarily seekable.  IDR-frames restrict subsequent P-frames
              from referring to any frame prior to the IDR-frame.

       scenecut=<-1-100>
              Controls how aggressively to insert extra I-frames (default:
              40).  With small values of scenecut, the codec often has to
              force an I-frame when it would exceed keyint.  Good values of
              scenecut may find a better location for the I-frame.  Large
              values use more I-frames than necessary, thus wasting bits.  -1
              disables scene-cut detection, so I-frames are inserted only once
              every other keyint frames, even if a scene-cut occurs earlier.
              This is not recommended and wastes bitrate as scenecuts encoded
              as P-frames are just as big as I-frames, but do not reset the
              "keyint counter".

       (no)intra_refresh
              Periodic intra block refresh instead of keyframes (default:
              disabled).  This option disables IDR-frames, and, instead, uses
              a moving vertical bar of intra-coded blocks. This reduces
              compression efficiency but benefits low-latency streaming and
              resilience to packet loss.

       frameref=<1-16>
              Number of previous frames used as predictors in B- and P-frames
              (default: 3).  This is effective in anime, but in live-action
              material the improvements usually drop off very rapidly above 6
              or so reference frames.  This has no effect on decoding speed,
              but does increase the memory needed for decoding.  Some decoders
              can only handle a maximum of 15 reference frames.

       bframes=<0-16>
              maximum number of consecutive B-frames between I- and P-frames
              (default: 3)

       (no)b_adapt
              Automatically decides when to use B-frames and how many, up to
              the maximum specified above (default: on).  If this option is
              disabled, then the maximum number of B-frames is used.

       b_bias=<-100-100>
              Controls the decision performed by b_adapt.  A higher b_bias
              produces more B-frames (default: 0).

       (no)b_pyramid
              Allows B-frames to be used as references for predicting other
              frames.  For example, consider 3 consecutive B-frames: I0 B1 B2
              B3 P4.  Without this option, B-frames follow the same pattern as
              MPEG-[124].  So they are coded in the order I0 P4 B1 B2 B3, and
              all the B-frames are predicted from I0 and P4.  With this
              option, they are coded as I0 P4 B2 B1 B3.  B2 is the same as
              above, but B1 is predicted from I0 and B2, and B3 is predicted
              from B2 and P4.  This usually results in slightly improved
              compression, at almost no speed cost.  However, this is an
              experimental option: it is not fully tuned and may not always
              help.  Requires bframes >= 2.  Disadvantage: increases decoding
              delay to 2 frames.

       (no)deblock
              Use deblocking filter (default: on).  As it takes very little
              time compared to its quality gain, it is not recommended to
              disable it.

       deblock=<-6-6>,<-6-6>
              The first parameter is AlphaC0 (default: 0).  This adjusts
              thresholds for the H.264 in-loop deblocking filter.  First, this
              parameter adjusts the maximum amount of change that the filter
              is allowed to cause on any one pixel.  Secondly, this parameter
              affects the threshold for difference across the edge being
              filtered.  A positive value reduces blocking artifacts more, but
              will also smear details.
              The second parameter is Beta (default: 0).  This affects the
              detail threshold.  Very detailed blocks are not filtered, since
              the smoothing caused by the filter would be more noticeable than
              the original blocking.
              The default behavior of the filter almost always achieves
              optimal quality, so it is best to either leave it alone, or make
              only small adjustments.  However, if your source material
              already has some blocking or noise which you would like to
              remove, it may be a good idea to turn it up a little bit.

       (no)cabac
              Use CABAC (Context-Adaptive Binary Arithmetic Coding) (default:
              on).  Slightly slows down encoding and decoding, but should save
              10-15% bitrate.  Unless you are looking for decoding speed, you
              should not disable it.

       qp_min=<1-51> (ABR or two pass)
              Minimum quantizer, 10-30 seems to be a useful range (default:
              10).

       qp_max=<1-51> (ABR or two pass)
              maximum quantizer (default: 51)

       qp_step=<1-50> (ABR or two pass)
              maximum value by which the quantizer may be
              incremented/decremented between frames (default: 4)

       (no)mbtree
              Enable macroblock tree ratecontrol (default: enabled).  Use a
              large lookahead to track temporal propagation of data and weight
              quality accordingly.  In multi-pass mode, this writes to a
              separate stats file named <passlogfile>.mbtree.

       rc_lookahead=<0-250>
              Adjust the mbtree lookahead distance (default: 40).  Larger
              values will be slower and cause x264 to consume more memory, but
              can yield higher quality.

       ratetol=<0.1-100.0> (ABR or two pass)
              allowed variance in average bitrate (no particular units)
              (default: 1.0)

       vbv_maxrate=<value> (ABR or two pass)
              maximum local bitrate, in kbits/second (default: disabled)

       vbv_bufsize=<value> (ABR or two pass)
              averaging period for vbv_maxrate, in kbits (default: none, must
              be specified if vbv_maxrate is enabled)

       vbv_init=<0.0-1.0> (ABR or two pass)
              initial buffer occupancy, as a fraction of vbv_bufsize (default:
              0.9)

       ip_factor=<value>
              quantizer factor between I- and P-frames (default: 1.4)

       pb_factor=<value>
              quantizer factor between P- and B-frames (default: 1.3)

       qcomp=<0-1> (ABR or two pass)
              quantizer compression (default: 0.6).  A lower value makes the
              bitrate more constant, while a higher value makes the
              quantization parameter more constant.

       cplx_blur=<0-999> (two pass only)
              Temporal blur of the estimated frame complexity, before curve
              compression (default: 20).  Lower values allow the quantizer
              value to jump around more, higher values force it to vary more
              smoothly.  cplx_blur ensures that each I-frame has quality
              comparable to the following P-frames, and ensures that
              alternating high and low complexity frames (e.g. low fps
              animation) do not waste bits on fluctuating quantizer.

       qblur=<0-99> (two pass only)
              Temporal blur of the quantization parameter, after curve
              compression (default: 0.5).  Lower values allow the quantizer
              value to jump around more, higher values force it to vary more
              smoothly.

       zones=<zone0>[/<zone1>[/...]]
              User specified quality for specific parts (ending, credits,
              ...).  Each zone is <start-frame>,<end-frame>,<option> where
              option may be
                 q=<0-51>
                      quantizer
                 b=<0.01-100.0>
                      bitrate multiplier
              NOTE: The quantizer option is not strictly enforced.  It affects
              only the planning stage of ratecontrol, and is still subject to
              overflow compensation and qp_min/qp_max.

       direct_pred=<name>
              Determines the type of motion prediction used for direct
              macroblocks in B-frames.
                 none Direct macroblocks are not used.
                 spatial
                      Motion vectors are extrapolated from neighboring blocks.
                      (default)
                 temporal
                      Motion vectors are extrapolated from the following P-
                      frame.
                 auto The codec selects between spatial and temporal for each
                      frame.
              Spatial and temporal are approximately the same speed and PSNR,
              the choice between them depends on the video content.  Auto is
              slightly better, but slower.  Auto is most effective when
              combined with multipass.  direct_pred=none is both slower and
              lower quality.

       weightp
              Weighted P-frame prediction mode (default: 2).
                 0    disabled (fastest)
                 1    blind mode (slightly better quality)
                 2    smart mode (best)

       (no)weight_b
              Use weighted prediction in B-frames.  Without this option,
              bidirectionally predicted macroblocks give equal weight to each
              reference frame.  With this option, the weights are determined
              by the temporal position of the B-frame relative to the
              references.  Requires bframes > 1.

       partitions=<list>
              Enable some optional macroblock types (default:
              p8x8,b8x8,i8x8,i4x4).
                 p8x8 Enable types p16x8, p8x16, p8x8.
                 p4x4 Enable types p8x4, p4x8, p4x4.  p4x4 is recommended only
                      with subq >= 5, and only at low resolutions.
                 b8x8 Enable types b16x8, b8x16, b8x8.
                 i8x8 Enable type i8x8.  i8x8 has no effect unless 8x8dct is
                      enabled.
                 i4x4 Enable type i4x4.
                 all  Enable all of the above types.
                 none Disable all of the above types.
              Regardless of this option, macroblock types p16x16, b16x16, and
              i16x16 are always enabled.
              The idea is to find the type and size that best describe a
              certain area of the picture.  For example, a global pan is
              better represented by 16x16 blocks, while small moving objects
              are better represented by smaller blocks.

       (no)8x8dct
              Adaptive spatial transform size: allows macroblocks to choose
              between 4x4 and 8x8 DCT.  Also allows the i8x8 macroblock type.
              Without this option, only 4x4 DCT is used.

       me=<name>
              Select fullpixel motion estimation algorithm.
                 dia  diamond search, radius 1 (fast)
                 hex  hexagon search, radius 2 (default)
                 umh  uneven multi-hexagon search (slow)
                 esa  exhaustive search (very slow, and no better than umh)

       me_range=<4-64>
              radius of exhaustive or multi-hexagon motion search (default:
              16)

       subq=<0-9>
              Adjust subpel refinement quality.  This parameter controls
              quality versus speed tradeoffs involved in the motion estimation
              decision process.  subq=5 can compress up to 10% better than
              subq=1.
                 0    Runs fullpixel precision motion estimation on all
                      candidate macroblock types.  Then selects the best type
                      with SAD metric (faster than subq=1, not recommended
                      unless you're looking for ultra-fast encoding).
                 1    Does as 0, then refines the motion of that type to fast
                      quarterpixel precision (fast).
                 2    Runs halfpixel precision motion estimation on all
                      candidate macroblock types.  Then selects the best type
                      with SATD metric.  Then refines the motion of that type
                      to fast quarterpixel precision.
                 3    As 2, but uses a slower quarterpixel refinement.
                 4    Runs fast quarterpixel precision motion estimation on
                      all candidate macroblock types.  Then selects the best
                      type with SATD metric.  Then finishes the quarterpixel
                      refinement for that type.
                 5    Runs best quality quarterpixel precision motion
                      estimation on all candidate macroblock types, before
                      selecting the best type.  Also refines the two motion
                      vectors used in bidirectional macroblocks with SATD
                      metric, rather than reusing vectors from the forward and
                      backward searches.
                 6    Enables rate-distortion optimization of macroblock types
                      in I- and P-frames.
                 7    Enables rate-distortion optimization of macroblock types
                      in all frames (default).
                 8    Enables rate-distortion optimization of motion vectors
                      and intra prediction modes in I- and P-frames.
                 9    Enables rate-distortion optimization of motion vectors
                      and intra prediction modes in all frames (best).
              In the above, "all candidates" does not exactly mean all enabled
              types: 4x4, 4x8, 8x4 are tried only if 8x8 is better than 16x16.

       (no)chroma_me
              Takes into account chroma information during subpixel motion
              search (default: enabled).  Requires subq>=5.

       (no)mixed_refs
              Allows each 8x8 or 16x8 motion partition to independently select
              a reference frame.  Without this option, a whole macroblock must
              use the same reference.  Requires frameref>1.

       trellis=<0-2> (cabac only)
              rate-distortion optimal quantization
                 0    disabled
                 1    enabled only for the final encode (default)
                 2    enabled during all mode decisions (slow, requires
                      subq>=6)

       psy-rd=rd[,trell]
              Sets the strength of the psychovisual optimization.
                 rd=<0.0-10.0>
                      psy optimization strength (requires subq>=6) (default:
                      1.0)
                 trell=<0.0-10.0>
                      trellis (requires trellis, experimental) (default: 0.0)

       (no)psy
              Enable psychovisual optimizations that hurt PSNR and SSIM but
              ought to look better (default: enabled).

       deadzone_inter=<0-32>
              Set the size of the inter luma quantization deadzone for non-
              trellis quantization (default: 21).  Lower values help to
              preserve fine details and film grain (typically useful for high
              bitrate/quality encode), while higher values help filter out
              these details to save bits that can be spent again on other
              macroblocks and frames (typically useful for bitrate-starved
              encodes).  It is recommended that you start by tweaking
              deadzone_intra before changing this parameter.

       deadzone_intra=<0-32>
              Set the size of the intra luma quantization deadzone for non-
              trellis quantization (default: 11).  This option has the same
              effect as deadzone_inter except that it affects intra frames.
              It is recommended that you start by tweaking this parameter
              before changing deadzone_inter.

       (no)fast_pskip
              Performs early skip detection in P-frames (default: enabled).
              This usually improves speed at no cost, but it can sometimes
              produce artifacts in areas with no details, like sky.

       (no)dct_decimate
              Eliminate dct blocks in P-frames containing only a small single
              coefficient (default: enabled).  This will remove some details,
              so it will save bits that can be spent again on other frames,
              hopefully raising overall subjective quality.  If you are
              compressing non-anime content with a high target bitrate, you
              may want to disable this to preserve as much detail as possible.

       nr=<0-100000>
              Noise reduction, 0 means disabled.  100-1000 is a useful range
              for typical content, but you may want to turn it up a bit more
              for very noisy content (default: 0).  Given its small impact on
              speed, you might want to prefer to use this over filtering noise
              away with video filters like denoise3d or hqdn3d.

       chroma_qp_offset=<-12-12>
              Use a different quantizer for chroma as compared to luma.
              Useful values are in the range <-2-2> (default: 0).

       aq_mode=<0-2>
              Defines how adaptive quantization (AQ) distributes bits:
                 0    disabled
                 1    Avoid moving bits between frames.
                 2    Move bits between frames (by default).

       aq_strength=<positive float value>
              Controls how much adaptive quantization (AQ) reduces blocking
              and blurring in flat and textured areas (default: 1.0).  A value
              of 0.5 will lead to weak AQ and less details, when a value of
              1.5 will lead to strong AQ and more details.

       cqm=<flat|jvt|<filename>>
              Either uses a predefined custom quantization matrix or loads a
              JM format matrix file.
                 flat
                      Use the predefined flat 16 matrix (default).
                 jvt
                      Use the predefined JVT matrix.
                 <filename>
                      Use the provided JM format matrix file.
              NOTE: Windows CMD.EXE users may experience problems with parsing
              the command line if they attempt to use all the CQM lists.  This
              is due to a command line length limitation.  In this case it is
              recommended the lists be put into a JM format CQM file and
              loaded as specified above.

       cqm4iy=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom 4x4 intra luminance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
              separated values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm4ic=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom 4x4 intra chrominance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
              separated values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm4py=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom 4x4 inter luminance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
              separated values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm4pc=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom 4x4 inter chrominance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
              separated values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm8iy=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom 8x8 intra luminance matrix, given as a list of 64 comma
              separated values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm8py=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom 8x8 inter luminance matrix, given as a list of 64 comma
              separated values in the 1-255 range.

       level_idc=<10-51>
              Set the bitstream's level as defined by annex A of the H.264
              standard (default: 51 - level 5.1).  This is used for telling
              the decoder what capabilities it needs to support.  Use this
              parameter only if you know what it means, and you have a need to
              set it.

       threads=<0-16>
              Spawn threads to encode in parallel on multiple CPUs (default:
              0).  This has a slight penalty to compression quality.  0 or
              'auto' tells x264 to detect how many CPUs you have and pick an
              appropriate number of threads.

       (no)sliced_threads
              Use slice-based threading (default: disabled).  Unlike normal
              threading, this option adds no encoding latency, but is slightly
              slower and less effective at compression.

       slice_max_size=<0 or positive integer>
              Maximum slice size in bytes (default: 0).  A value of zero
              disables the maximum.

       slice_max_mbs=<0 or positive integer>
              Maximum slice size in number of macroblocks (default: 0).  A
              value of zero disables the maximum.

       slices=<0 or positive integer>
              Maximum number of slices per frame (default: 0).  A value of
              zero disables the maximum.

       sync_lookahead=<0-250>
              Adjusts the size of the threaded lookahead buffer (default: 0).
              0 or 'auto' tells x264 to automatically determine buffer size.

       (no)deterministic
              Use only deterministic optimizations with multithreaded encoding
              (default: enabled).

       (no)global_header
              Causes SPS and PPS to appear only once, at the beginning of the
              bitstream (default: disabled).  Some players, such as the Sony
              PSP, require the use of this option.  The default behavior
              causes SPS and PPS to repeat prior to each IDR frame.

       (no)interlaced
              Treat the video content as interlaced.

       (no)constrained_intra
              Enable constrained intra prediction (default: disabled).  This
              significantly reduces compression, but is required for the base
              layer of SVC encodes.

       (no)aud
              Write access unit delimeters to the stream (default: disabled).
              Enable this only if your target container format requires access
              unit delimiters.

       overscan=<undef|show|crop>
              Include VUI overscan information in the stream (default:
              disabled).  See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more
              information.

       videoformat=<component|pal|ntsc|secam|mac|undef>
              Include VUI video format information in the stream (default:
              disabled).  This is a purely informative setting for describing
              the original source.  See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code
              for more information.

       (no)fullrange
              Include VUI full range information in the stream (default:
              disabled).  Use this option if your source video is not range
              limited.  See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more
              information.

       colorprim=<bt709|bt470m|bt470bg|smpte170m|smpte240m|film|undef>
              Include color primaries information (default: disabled).  This
              can be used for color correction.  See doc/vui.txt in the x264
              source code for more information.

       transfer=<bt709|bt470m|bt470bg|linear|log100|log316|smpte170m|smpte240m>
              Include VUI transfer characteristics information in the stream
              (default: disabled).  This can be used for color correction.
              See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more information.

       colormatrix=<bt709|fcc|bt470bg|smpte170m|smpte240m|GBR|YCgCo>
              Include VUI matrix coefficients in the stream (default:
              disabled).  This can be used for color correction.  See
              doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more information.

       chromaloc=<0-5>
              Include VUI chroma sample location information in the stream
              (default: disabled).  Use this option to ensure alignment of the
              chroma and luma planes after color space conversions.  See
              doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more information.

       log=<-1-3>
              Adjust the amount of logging info printed to the screen.
                 -1   none
                  0   Print errors only.
                  1   warnings
                  2   PSNR and other analysis statistics when the encode
                      finishes (default)
                  3   PSNR, QP, frametype, size, and other statistics for
                      every frame

       (no)psnr
              Print signal-to-noise ratio statistics.
              NOTE: The 'Y', 'U', 'V', and 'Avg' PSNR fields in the summary
              are not mathematically sound (they are simply the average of
              per-frame PSNRs).  They are kept only for comparison to the JM
              reference codec.  For all other purposes, please use either the
              'Global' PSNR, or the per-frame PSNRs printed by log=3.

       (no)ssim
              Print the Structural Similarity Metric results.  This is an
              alternative to PSNR, and may be better correlated with the
              perceived quality of the compressed video.

       (no)visualize
              Enable x264 visualizations during encoding.  If the x264 on your
              system supports it, a new window will be opened during the
              encoding process, in which x264 will attempt to present an
              overview of how each frame gets encoded.  Each block type on the
              visualized movie will be colored as follows:

       dump_yuv=<file name>
              Dump YUV frames to the specified file.  For debugging use.
                 red/pink
                      intra block
                 blue
                      inter block
                 green
                      skip block
                 yellow
                      B-block
              This feature can be considered experimental and subject to
              change.  In particular, it depends on x264 being compiled with
              visualizations enabled.  Note that as of writing this, x264
              pauses after encoding and visualizing each frame, waiting for
              the user to press a key, at which point the next frame will be
              encoded.

   xvfw (-xvfwopts)
       Encoding with Video for Windows codecs is mostly obsolete unless you
       wish to encode to some obscure fringe codec.

       codec=<name>
              The name of the binary codec file with which to encode.

       compdata=<file>
              The name of the codec settings file (like firstpass.mcf) created
              by vfw2menc.

   MPEG muxer (-mpegopts)
       The MPEG muxer can generate 5 types of streams, each of which has
       reasonable default parameters that the user can override.  Generally,
       when generating MPEG files, it is advisable to disable MEncoder's
       frame-skip code (see -noskip, -mc as well as the harddup and softskip
       video filters).

       EXAMPLE:
                 format=mpeg2:tsaf:vbitrate=8000

       format=<mpeg1 | mpeg2 | xvcd | xsvcd | dvd | pes1 | pes2>
              stream format (default: mpeg2).  pes1 and pes2 are very broken
              formats (no pack header and no padding), but VDR uses them; do
              not choose them unless you know exactly what you are doing.

       size=<up to 65535>
              Pack size in bytes, do not change unless you know exactly what
              you are doing (default: 2048).

       muxrate=<int>
              Nominal muxrate in kbit/s used in the pack headers (default:
              1800 kb/s).  Will be updated as necessary in the case of
              'format=mpeg1' or 'mpeg2'.

       tsaf
              Sets timestamps on all frames, if possible; recommended when
              format=dvd.  If dvdauthor complains with a message like "..audio
              sector out of range...", you probably did not enable this
              option.

       interleaving2
              Uses a better algorithm to interleave audio and video packets,
              based on the principle that the muxer will always try to fill
              the stream with the largest percentage of free space.

       vdelay=<1-32760>
              Initial video delay time, in milliseconds (default: 0), use it
              if you want to delay video with respect to audio.  It doesn't
              work with :drop.

       adelay=<1-32760>
              Initial audio delay time, in milliseconds (default: 0), use it
              if you want to delay audio with respect to video.

       drop
              When used with vdelay the muxer drops the part of audio that was
              anticipated.

       vwidth, vheight=<1-4095>
              Set the video width and height when video is MPEG-1/2.

       vpswidth, vpsheight=<1-4095>
              Set pan and scan video width and height when video is MPEG-2.

       vaspect=<1 | 4/3 | 16/9 | 221/100>
              Sets the display aspect ratio for MPEG-2 video.  Do not use it
              on MPEG-1 or the resulting aspect ratio will be completely
              wrong.

       vbitrate=<int>
              Sets the video bitrate in kbit/s for MPEG-1/2 video.

       vframerate=<24000/1001 | 24 | 25 | 30000/1001 | 30 | 50 | 60000/1001 |
       60 >
              Sets the framerate for MPEG-1/2 video.  This option will be
              ignored if used with the telecine option.

       telecine
              Enables 3:2 pulldown soft telecine mode: The muxer will make the
              video stream look like it was encoded at 30000/1001 fps.  It
              only works with MPEG-2 video when the output framerate is
              24000/1001 fps, convert it with -ofps if necessary.  Any other
              framerate is incompatible with this option.

       film2pal
              Enables FILM to PAL and NTSC to PAL soft telecine mode: The
              muxer will make the video stream look like it was encoded at 25
              fps.  It only works with MPEG-2 video when the output framerate
              is 24000/1001 fps, convert it with -ofps if necessary.  Any
              other framerate is incompatible with this option.

       tele_src and tele_dest
              Enables arbitrary telecining using Donand Graft's DGPulldown
              code.  You need to specify the original and the desired
              framerate; the muxer will make the video stream look like it was
              encoded at the desired framerate.  It only works with MPEG-2
              video when the input framerate is smaller than the output
              framerate and the framerate increase is <= 1.5.

              EXAMPLE:
                 tele_src=25,tele_dest=30000/1001
                      PAL to NTSC telecining

       vbuf_size=<40-1194>
              Sets the size of the video decoder's buffer, expressed in
              kilobytes.  Specify it only if the bitrate of the video stream
              is too high for the chosen format and if you know perfectly well
              what you are doing.  A too high value may lead to an unplayable
              movie, depending on the player's capabilities.  When muxing HDTV
              video a value of 400 should suffice.

       abuf_size=<4-64>
              Sets the size of the audio decoder's buffer, expressed in
              kilobytes.  The same principle as for vbuf_size applies.

   FFmpeg libavformat demuxers (-lavfdopts)
       analyzeduration=<value>
              Maximum length in seconds to analyze the stream properties.

       format=<value>
              Force a specific libavformat demuxer.

       o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass AVOptions to libavformat demuxer.  Note, a patch to make
              the o= unneeded and pass all unknown options through the
              AVOption system is welcome.  A full list of AVOptions can be
              found in the FFmpeg manual.  Note that some options may conflict
              with MPlayer/MEncoder options.

              EXAMPLE:
                 o=ignidx

       probesize=<value>
              Maximum amount of data to probe during the detection phase.  In
              the case of MPEG-TS this value identifies the maximum number of
              TS packets to scan.

       cryptokey=<hexstring>
              Encryption key the demuxer should use.  This is the raw binary
              data of the key converted to a hexadecimal string.

   FFmpeg libavformat muxers (-lavfopts) (also see -of lavf)
       delay=<value>
              Currently only meaningful for MPEG[12]: Maximum allowed
              distance, in seconds, between the reference timer of the output
              stream (SCR) and the decoding timestamp (DTS) for any stream
              present (demux to decode delay).  Default is 0.7 (as mandated by
              the standards defined by MPEG).  Higher values require larger
              buffers and must not be used.

       format=<container_format>
              Override which container format to mux into (default: autodetect
              from output file extension).
                 mpg
                      MPEG-1 systems and MPEG-2 PS
                 asf
                      Advanced Streaming Format
                 avi
                      Audio Video Interleave file
                 wav
                      Waveform Audio
                 swf
                      Macromedia Flash
                 flv
                      Macromedia Flash video files
                 rm
                      RealAudio and RealVideo
                 au
                      SUN AU format
                 nut
                      NUT open container format (experimental)
                 mov
                      QuickTime
                 mp4
                      MPEG-4 format
                 ipod
                      MPEG-4 format with extra header flags required by Apple
                      iPod firmware
                 dv
                      Sony Digital Video container
                 matroska
                      Matroska

       muxrate=<rate>
              Nominal bitrate of the multiplex, in bits per second; currently
              it is meaningful only for MPEG[12].  Sometimes raising it is
              necessary in order to avoid "buffer underflows".

       o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass AVOptions to libavformat muxer.  Note, a patch to make the
              o= unneeded and pass all unknown options through the AVOption
              system is welcome.  A full list of AVOptions can be found in the
              FFmpeg manual.  Note that some options may conflict with
              MEncoder options.

              EXAMPLE:
                 o=packetsize=100

       packetsize=<size>
              Size, expressed in bytes, of the unitary packet for the chosen
              format.  When muxing to MPEG[12] implementations the default
              values are: 2324 for [S]VCD, 2048 for all others formats.

       preload=<distance>
              Currently only meaningful for MPEG[12]: Initial distance, in
              seconds, between the reference timer of the output stream (SCR)
              and the decoding timestamp (DTS) for any stream present (demux
              to decode delay).

ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
       There are a number of environment variables that can be used to control
       the behavior of MPlayer and MEncoder.

       MPLAYER_CHARSET (also see -msgcharset)
              Convert console messages to the specified charset (default:
              autodetect).  A value of "noconv" means no conversion.

       MPLAYER_HOME
              Directory where MPlayer looks for user settings.

       MPLAYER_VERBOSE (also see -v and -msglevel)
              Set the initial verbosity level across all message modules
              (default: 0).  The resulting verbosity corresponds to that of
              -msglevel 5 plus the value of MPLAYER_VERBOSE.

   libaf:
       LADSPA_PATH
              If LADSPA_PATH is set, it searches for the specified file.  If
              it is not set, you must supply a fully specified pathname.
              FIXME: This is also mentioned in the ladspa section.

   libdvdcss:
       DVDCSS_CACHE
              Specify a directory in which to store title key values.  This
              will speed up descrambling of DVDs which are in the cache.  The
              DVDCSS_CACHE directory is created if it does not exist, and a
              subdirectory is created named after the DVD's title or
              manufacturing date.  If DVDCSS_CACHE is not set or is empty,
              libdvdcss will use the default value which is "${HOME}/.dvdcss/"
              under Unix and "C:\Documents and Settings\$USER\Application
              Data\dvdcss\" under Win32.  The special value "off" disables
              caching.

       DVDCSS_METHOD
              Sets the authentication and decryption method that libdvdcss
              will use to read scrambled discs.  Can be one of title, key or
              disc.
                 key
                      is the default method.  libdvdcss will use a set of
                      calculated player keys to try and get the disc key.
                      This can fail if the drive does not recognize any of the
                      player keys.
                 disc
                      is a fallback method when key has failed.  Instead of
                      using player keys, libdvdcss will crack the disc key
                      using a brute force algorithm.  This process is CPU
                      intensive and requires 64 MB of memory to store
                      temporary data.
                 title
                      is the fallback when all other methods have failed.  It
                      does not rely on a key exchange with the DVD drive, but
                      rather uses a crypto attack to guess the title key.  On
                      rare cases this may fail because there is not enough
                      encrypted data on the disc to perform a statistical
                      attack, but in the other hand it is the only way to
                      decrypt a DVD stored on a hard disc, or a DVD with the
                      wrong region on an RPC2 drive.

       DVDCSS_RAW_DEVICE
              Specify the raw device to use.  Exact usage will depend on your
              operating system, the Linux utility to set up raw devices is
              raw(8) for instance.  Please note that on most operating
              systems, using a raw device requires highly aligned buffers:
              Linux requires a 2048 bytes alignment (which is the size of a
              DVD sector).

       DVDCSS_VERBOSE
              Sets the libdvdcss verbosity level.
                 0    Outputs no messages at all.
                 1    Outputs error messages to stderr.
                 2    Outputs error messages and debug messages to stderr.

       DVDREAD_NOKEYS
              Skip retrieving all keys on startup.  Currently disabled.

       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

   libao2:
       AO_SUN_DISABLE_SAMPLE_TIMING
              FIXME: Document this.

       AUDIODEV
              FIXME: Document this.

       AUDIOSERVER
              Specifies the Network Audio System server to which the nas audio
              output driver should connect and the transport that should be
              used.  If unset DISPLAY is used instead.  The transport can be
              one of tcp and unix.  Syntax is tcp/<somehost>:<someport>,
              <somehost>:<instancenumber> or [unix]:<instancenumber>.  The NAS
              base port is 8000 and <instancenumber> is added to that.

              EXAMPLES:
                 AUDIOSERVER=somehost:0
                      Connect to NAS server on somehost using default port and
                      transport.
                 AUDIOSERVER=tcp/somehost:8000
                      Connect to NAS server on somehost listening on TCP port
                      8000.
                 AUDIOSERVER=(unix)?:0
                      Connect to NAS server instance 0 on localhost using unix
                      domain sockets.

       DISPLAY
              FIXME: Document this.

   vidix:
       VIDIX_CRT
              FIXME: Document this.

       VIDIXIVTVALPHA
              Set this to 'disable' in order to stop the VIDIX driver from
              controlling alphablending settings.  You can then manipulate it
              yourself with 'ivtvfbctl'.

   osdep:
       TERM   FIXME: Document this.

   libvo:
       DISPLAY
              FIXME: Document this.

       FRAMEBUFFER
              FIXME: Document this.

       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

   libmpdemux:
       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

       HOMEPATH
              FIXME: Document this.

       http_proxy
              FIXME: Document this.

       LOGNAME
              FIXME: Document this.

       USERPROFILE
              FIXME: Document this.

   GUI:
       CHARSET
              FIXME: Document this.

       DISPLAY
              FIXME: Document this.

       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

   libavformat:
       AUDIO_FLIP_LEFT
              FIXME: Document this.

       BKTR_DEV
              FIXME: Document this.

       BKTR_FORMAT
              FIXME: Document this.

       BKTR_FREQUENCY
              FIXME: Document this.

       http_proxy
              FIXME: Document this.

       no_proxy
              FIXME: Document this.

FILES
       /usr/local/etc/mplayer/mplayer.conf
              MPlayer system-wide settings

       /usr/local/etc/mplayer/mencoder.conf
              MEncoder system-wide settings

       ~/.mplayer/config
              MPlayer user settings

       ~/.mplayer/mencoder.conf
              MEncoder user settings

       ~/.mplayer/input.conf
              input bindings (see '-input keylist' for the full list)

       ~/.mplayer/gui.conf
              GUI configuration file

       ~/.mplayer/gui.history
              GUI directory history

       ~/.mplayer/gui.pl
              GUI playlist

       ~/.mplayer/gui.url
              GUI URL list

       ~/.mplayer/font/
              font directory (There must be a font.desc file and files with
              .RAW extension.)

       ~/.mplayer/DVDkeys/
              cached CSS keys

EXAMPLES OF MPLAYER USAGE
       Quickstart Blu-ray playing:
       mplayer br:////path/to/disc
       mplayer br:// -bluray-device /path/to/disc

       Quickstart DVD playing:
       mplayer dvd://1

       Play in Japanese with English subtitles:
       mplayer dvd://1 -alang ja -slang en

       Play only chapters 5, 6, 7:
       mplayer dvd://1 -chapter 5-7

       Play only titles 5, 6, 7:
       mplayer dvd://5-7

       Play a multiangle DVD:
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvdangle 2

       Play from a different DVD device:
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvd-device /dev/dvd2

       Play DVD video from a directory with VOB files:
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvd-device /path/to/directory/

       Copy a DVD title to hard disk, saving to file title1.vob :
       mplayer dvd://1 -dumpstream -dumpfile title1.vob

       Play a DVD with dvdnav from path /dev/sr1:
       mplayer dvdnav:////dev/sr1

       Stream from HTTP:
       mplayer http://mplayer.hq/example.avi

       Stream using RTSP:
       mplayer rtsp://server.example.com/streamName

       Convert subtitles to MPsub format:
       mplayer dummy.avi -sub source.sub -dumpmpsub

       Convert subtitles to MPsub format without watching the movie:
       mplayer /dev/zero -rawvideo pal:fps=xx -demuxer rawvideo -vc null -vo null -noframedrop -benchmark -sub source.sub -dumpmpsub

       input from standard V4L:
       mplayer tv:// -tv driver=v4l:width=640:height=480:outfmt=i420 -vc rawi420 -vo xv

       Playback on Zoran cards (old style, deprecated):
       mplayer -vo zr -vf scale=352:288 file.avi

       Playback on Zoran cards (new style):
       mplayer -vo zr2 -vf scale=352:288,zrmjpeg file.avi

       Play DTS-CD with passthrough:
       mplayer -ac hwdts -rawaudio format=0x2001 -cdrom-device /dev/rcd0c cdda://
       You can also use -afm hwac3 instead of -ac hwdts.  Adjust '/dev/rcd0c'
       to match the CD-ROM device on your system.  If your external receiver
       supports decoding raw DTS streams, you can directly play it via cdda://
       without setting format, hwac3 or hwdts.

       Play a 6-channel AAC file with only two speakers:
       mplayer -rawaudio format=0xff -demuxer rawaudio -af pan=2:.32:.32:.39:.06:.06:.39:.17:-.17:-.17:.17:.33:.33 adts_he-aac160_51.aac
       You might want to play a bit with the pan values (e.g multiply with a
       value) to increase volume or avoid clipping.

       checkerboard invert with geq filter:
       mplayer -vf geq='128+(p(X\,Y)-128)*(0.5-gt(mod(X/SW\,128)\,64))*(0.5-gt(mod(Y/SH\,128)\,64))*4'

EXAMPLES OF MENCODER USAGE
       Encode DVD title #2, only selected chapters:
       mencoder dvd://2 -chapter 10-15 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       Encode DVD title #2, resizing to 640x480:
       mencoder dvd://2 -vf scale=640:480 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       Encode DVD title #2, resizing to 512xHHH (keep aspect ratio):
       mencoder dvd://2 -vf scale -zoom -xy 512 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       The same, but with bitrate set to 1800kbit and optimized macroblocks:
       mencoder dvd://2 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:mbd=1:vbitrate=1800

       The same, but with MJPEG compression:
       mencoder dvd://2 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mjpeg:mbd=1:vbitrate=1800

       Encode all *.jpg files in the current directory:
       mencoder "mf://*.jpg" -mf fps=25 -o output.avi -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       Encode from a tuner (specify a format with -vf format):
       mencoder -tv driver=v4l:width=640:height=480 tv:// -o tv.avi -ovc raw

       Encode from a pipe:
       rar p test-SVCD.rar | mencoder -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:vbitrate=800 -ofps 24 -

BUGS
       Don't panic.  If you find one, report it to us, but please make sure
       you have read all of the documentation first.  Also look out for
       smileys. :) Many bugs are the result of incorrect setup or parameter
       usage.  The bug reporting section of the documentation
       (http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/bugreports.html) explains how to
       create useful bug reports.

AUTHORS
       MPlayer was initially written by Arpad Gereoffy.  See the AUTHORS file
       for a list of some of the many other contributors.

       MPlayer is (C) 2000-2009 The MPlayer Team

       This man page was written mainly by Gabucino, Jonas Jermann and Diego
       Biurrun.  It is maintained by Diego Biurrun.  Please send mails about
       it to the MPlayer-DOCS mailing list.  Translation specific mails belong
       on the MPlayer-translations mailing list.



The MPlayer Project               2009-03-25                        MPlayer(1)
